po: update translations and regenerate POT file and PO files

The leftedge variable is a column number, not an x position.

.gitignore

@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ core
 /ABOUT-NLS
 /INSTALL
 /aclocal.m4
+/ar-lib
 /autom4te.cache
 /compile
 /config.cache
@@ -34,6 +35,47 @@ core
 /mkinstalldirs
 /stamp-h1
 
+# gettext m4 files.
+/m4/codeset.m4
+/m4/extern-inline.m4
+/m4/fcntl-o.m4
+/m4/gettext.m4
+/m4/glibc2.m4
+/m4/glibc21.m4
+/m4/iconv.m4
+/m4/intdiv0.m4
+/m4/intl.m4
+/m4/intldir.m4
+/m4/intlmacosx.m4
+/m4/intmax.m4
+/m4/inttypes-pri.m4
+/m4/inttypes_h.m4
+/m4/lcmessage.m4
+/m4/lib-ld.m4
+/m4/lib-link.m4
+/m4/lib-prefix.m4
+/m4/lock.m4
+/m4/longlong.m4
+/m4/nls.m4
+/m4/po.m4
+/m4/printf-posix.m4
+/m4/progtest.m4
+/m4/size_max.m4
+/m4/stdint_h.m4
+/m4/threadlib.m4
+/m4/uintmax_t.m4
+/m4/visibility.m4
+/m4/wchar_t.m4
+/m4/wint_t.m4
+/m4/xsize.m4
+
+# gnulib entries
+/gnulib/
+/lib/
+/m4/.gitignore
+/m4/gnulib-cache.m4
+/snippet/
+
 /nano.spec
 /src/nano
 /src/revision.h

AUTHORS

@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
 	* Gentoo package maintainer.  Whitespace display mode,
 	  --enable-utf8/--disable-utf8 configure options for ncurses,
 	  many new color regexes and improvements to existing color
-	  regexes for nanorc.sample, and miscellaneous bug fixes.
+	  regexes in syntax/*.nanorc, and miscellaneous bug fixes.
 
 Mark Majeres <mark@engine12.com>
 	* A functional undo/redo system, and coloring nano's interface.

Makefile.am

@@ -1,7 +1,12 @@
 AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnu no-dependencies
 
-SUBDIRS = doc m4 po src
+SUBDIRS = doc lib m4 po src
 
-EXTRA_DIST = ChangeLog.pre-2.1 IMPROVEMENTS README.GIT nano.spec
+if USE_COLOR
+SUBDIRS += syntax
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST = ChangeLog.1999-2006 ChangeLog.2007-2015 \
+		IMPROVEMENTS README.GIT nano.spec
 
 ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4

NEWS

@@ -1,3 +1,37 @@
+2017.03.31 - GNU nano 2.8.0 "Axat" makes it easier to move around in
+		softwrapped lines: the Up and Down keys now step from
+		visual row to visual row instead of jumping between
+		logical lines, and the Home and End keys now move to
+		the start and end of a row, and only when already
+		there, then to the start and end of the logical line.
+		Furthermore, the screen can now scroll per row instead
+		of always per logical line.  On an entirely different
+		front: nano now makes use of gnulib, to make it build
+		on more platforms.  In short: there were many internal
+		changes, not many user-visible ones (apart form the
+		new softwrap navigation).  The conversion to gnulib
+		was done by Mike Frysinger, the softwrap overhaul by
+		David Ramsey.
+
+
+2017.02.23 - GNU nano 2.7.5 "Nijntje" can properly search and replace
+		the \B and \b regex anchors, correctly repaints things
+		when multiline regexes with identical start and end are
+		involved, fixes a crash with zero-length regex matches,
+		does replacements at the edges of a marked region right,
+		no longer hides double-width characters at the head of
+		softwrapped rows, displays at most three warnings at
+		startup, and documents the ability to read a file from
+		standard input.  Come tickle my ears.
+
+2017.01.10 - GNU nano 2.7.4 "Red dress" undoes deletions in an orderly
+		manner again (bug was introduced in previous version),
+		sets the preferred x position for vertical movements
+		more consistently, avoids some scrolling problems in
+		softwrap mode, installs the Info manual also when your
+		system lacks 'makeinfo', and corrects the behavior of
+		the beginning-of-word anchor (\<) in regex searches.
+
 2016.12.28 - GNU nano 2.7.3 "Ontbijtkoek" wipes away a handful of bugs:
 		your editor is now able to handle filenames that contain
 		newlines, avoids a brief flash of color when switching

README

@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ How to compile and install nano
 	default installation directory of /usr/local.
 
 	If you haven't configured with the --disable-nanorc option, after
-	installation you may want to copy the doc/nanorc.sample file to
+	installation you may want to copy the doc/sample.nanorc file to
 	your home directory, rename it to ".nanorc", and then edit it
 	according to your taste.
 

README.GIT

@@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ Prerequisites
 To successfully compile GNU nano from git, you'll need the following
 packages:
 
-- autoconf    (version >= 2.61)
-- automake    (version >= 1.7)
-- autopoint   (version >= 0.11.5)
-- gettext     (version >= 0.11.5)
+- autoconf    (version >= 2.69)
+- automake    (version >= 1.14)
+- autopoint   (version >= 0.18.3)
+- gettext     (version >= 0.18.3)
 - git         (version >= 2.7.4)
 - groff       (version >= 1.12)
 - pkg-config  (version >= 0.22)
@@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ packages:
 
 If you want UTF-8 support, you will also need libncursesw5-dev installed
 (version >= 5.7), or libslang2-dev (version >= 2.0) if you use --with-slang.
-If your system doesn't have 'snprintf' or 'vsnprintf' (which the configure
-script will check for), you will also need glib-2.x installed.
 
 These should all be available in your distro's package manager or software
 center, or otherwise on any GNU mirror.

TODO

@@ -8,9 +8,7 @@ Vague musings:
 - Allow indentation of marked text by spaces as well as tabs?
 - Allow indentation to add just enough columns to reach the nearest
   multiple of tabsize, rather than always adding tabsize columns?
-- Allow conversion between different character sets.  Maybe use glib's
-  iconv() if the system's iconv() is inadequate, since we already use
-  glib's vsnprintf() if the system lacks vsnprintf()?
+- Allow conversion between different character sets.
 - Allow setting marks (saved positions, not to be confused with the mark
   set via Ctrl-^) at various lines and/or columns in the buffer, and
   allow movement between them with a single keystroke?

autogen.sh

@@ -1,4 +1,47 @@
 #!/bin/sh
 # Generate configure & friends for GIT users.
 
+gnulib_url="git://git.sv.gnu.org/gnulib.git"
+gnulib_hash="4084b3a1094372b960ce4a97634e08f4538c8bdd"
+
+modules="
+	getdelim
+	getline
+	getopt-gnu
+	glob
+	isblank
+	iswblank
+	lstat
+	nl_langinfo
+	regex
+	sigaction
+	snprintf-posix
+	stdarg
+	strcase
+	strcasestr-simple
+	strnlen
+	sys_wait
+	vsnprintf-posix
+	wchar
+	wctype-h
+	wcwidth
+"
+
+# Make sure the local gnulib git repo is up-to-date.
+if [ ! -d "gnulib" ]; then
+	git clone --depth=123 ${gnulib_url}
+fi
+cd gnulib >/dev/null || exit 1
+curr_hash=$(git log -1 --format=%H)
+if [ "${gnulib_hash}" != "${curr_hash}" ]; then
+	git pull
+	git checkout -f ${gnulib_hash}
+fi
+cd .. >/dev/null || exit 1
+
+rm -rf lib
+./gnulib/gnulib-tool \
+	--import \
+	${modules}
+
 autoreconf -f -i -s

configure.ac

@@ -16,20 +16,30 @@
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 # along with this program.  If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
 
-AC_INIT([GNU nano], [2.7.3], [nano-devel@gnu.org], [nano])
+AC_INIT([GNU nano], [2.8.0], [nano-devel@gnu.org], [nano])
 AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([src/nano.c])
 AC_CANONICAL_HOST
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.14])
 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
 
 dnl Make sure the ONCE macros are available.
 
-AC_PREREQ(2.61)
+AC_PREREQ([2.69])
+
+dnl Lie about gnulib features we don't use to speed up & shrink down.
+
+gl_cv_func_printf_directive_n=yes
+gl_cv_func_printf_infinite_long_double=yes
+gl_cv_func_printf_long_double=yes
+gl_cv_func_snprintf_directive_n=yes
+gl_cv_glob_lists_symlinks=yes
 
 dnl Checks for programs.
 
 AC_GNU_SOURCE
 AC_PROG_CC
+gl_EARLY
+gl_INIT
 AC_PROG_LN_S
 AC_ISC_POSIX
 AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
@@ -37,7 +47,7 @@ PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
 
 dnl Internationalization macros.
 
-AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(0.11.5)
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([0.18.3])
 AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external], [need-ngettext])
 AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_NLS, test x$USE_NLS = xyes)
 
@@ -48,7 +58,7 @@ AC_DEFINE_DIR([PKGDATADIR], [pkgdatadir], [Where data are placed to.])
 
 dnl Checks for header files.
 
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(getopt.h libintl.h limits.h regex.h sys/param.h wchar.h wctype.h stdarg.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(libintl.h limits.h pwd.h termios.h sys/param.h)
 
 dnl Checks for options.
 
@@ -71,15 +81,7 @@ fi
 if test "x$enable_color" = xno; then
     AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_COLOR, 1, [Define this to disable syntax highlighting.])
 else
-    if test x$ac_cv_header_regex_h != xyes; then
-	AC_MSG_ERROR([
-*** The header file regex.h was not found.  If you wish to have
-*** color support, this header file is required.  Please either
-*** install C libraries that include the regex.h file, or call
-*** the configure script with --disable-color.])
-    else
-	color_support=yes
-    fi
+    color_support=yes
 fi
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(comment,
@@ -467,30 +469,9 @@ int main(void)
 
 dnl Checks for functions.
 
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getdelim getline isblank strcasecmp strcasestr strncasecmp strnlen snprintf vsnprintf)
-
 if test "x$enable_utf8" != xno; then
-    AC_CHECK_FUNCS(iswalnum iswblank iswpunct iswspace nl_langinfo mblen mbstowcs mbtowc wctomb wcwidth)
+    AC_CHECK_FUNCS(iswalnum iswpunct mblen mbstowcs mbtowc wctomb)
 fi
-
-if test x$ac_cv_func_snprintf = xno; then
-    AM_PATH_GLIB_2_0(2.0.0,,
-	AC_MSG_ERROR([
-*** snprintf() not found.  GLIB 2.x not found either.
-*** You should install the GLIB 2.x library which can
-*** be found at http://ftp.gtk.org/.]),
-	glib)
-fi
-
-if test x$ac_cv_func_vsnprintf = xno; then
-    AM_PATH_GLIB_2_0(2.0.0,,
-	AC_MSG_ERROR([
-*** vsnprintf() not found.  GLIB 2.x not found either.
-*** You should install the GLIB 2.x library which can
-*** be found at http://ftp.gtk.org/.]),
-	glib)
-fi
-
 dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
 
 dnl Checks for available flags.
@@ -500,8 +481,6 @@ AX_CHECK_COMPILE_FLAG([-Wall], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall"], [], [])
 dnl Checks for library functions.
 
 AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
-AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getopt_long)
 
 dnl Checks for libraries.
 
@@ -568,6 +547,9 @@ fi
 AC_CHECK_LIB([$CURSES_LIB_NAME], [use_default_colors],
 	     [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_USE_DEFAULT_COLORS, 1, [Define this if your curses library has the use_default_colors() command.])],
 	     [], [$CURSES_LIB])
+AC_CHECK_LIB([$CURSES_LIB_NAME], [set_escdelay],
+	     [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SET_ESCDELAY, 1, [Define this if your curses library has the set_escdelay() function.])],
+	     [], [$CURSES_LIB])
 AC_CHECK_LIB([$CURSES_LIB_NAME], [key_defined],
 	     [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_KEY_DEFINED, 1, [Define this if your curses library has the key_defined() command.])],
 	     [], [$CURSES_LIB])
@@ -578,25 +560,15 @@ LIBS="$LIBS $CURSES_LIB"
 
 AC_SUBST(CURSES_LIB)
 
-if test "x$GLIB_CFLAGS" != "x"; then
-    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GLIB_CFLAGS"
-fi
-if test "x$GLIB_LIBS" != "x"; then
-    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $GLIB_LIBS"
-fi
-
 if test "x$enable_utf8" != xno && \
     test x$CURSES_LIB_WIDE = xyes && \
     test x$ac_cv_func_iswalnum = xyes && \
     test x$ac_cv_func_iswpunct = xyes && \
-    (test x$ac_cv_func_iswblank = xyes || test x$ac_cv_func_iswspace = xyes) && \
-    test x$ac_cv_func_nl_langinfo = xyes && \
     test x$ac_cv_func_mblen = xyes && \
     test x$ac_cv_func_mbstowcs = xyes && \
     test x$ac_cv_func_mbtowc = xyes && \
-    test x$ac_cv_func_wctomb = xyes && \
-    test x$ac_cv_func_wcwidth = xyes; then
-	AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_UTF8, 1, [Define this if your system has sufficient UTF-8 support (a wide curses library, iswalnum(), iswpunct(), iswblank() or iswspace(), nl_langinfo, mblen(), mbstowcs(), mbtowc(), wctomb(), and wcwidth()).])
+    test x$ac_cv_func_wctomb = xyes; then
+	AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_UTF8, 1, [Define this if your system has sufficient UTF-8 support.])
 else
     if test "x$enable_utf8" = xyes; then
 	AC_MSG_ERROR([
@@ -628,12 +600,10 @@ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for enhanced regular expression flag], nano_cv_flag_reg_extended
 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(NANO_REG_EXTENDED, $nano_cv_flag_reg_extended,
 		   [Flag(s) to use to get the full range of extended regular expressions])
 
-if test x$color_support = xyes; then
-	# Now check for the end-of-word boundary support (/< and />).
-	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU-style word boundary regex support])
-
-	AC_ARG_WITH(wordbounds,
-        AS_HELP_STRING([--with-wordbounds], [Use GNU-style word boundary delimiters]),
+# Check for word-boundary support (/< and />).
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU-style word boundary regex support])
+AC_ARG_WITH(wordbounds,
+AS_HELP_STRING([--with-wordbounds], [Use GNU-style word boundary delimiters]),
 	[ case "$with_wordbounds" in
 	    no)
 		AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
@@ -670,6 +640,7 @@ int main(void)
 	)
 ])
 
+if test x$color_support = xyes; then
 #    if test x$CURSES_LIB_NAME = xcurses; then
 	AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED is needed])
 	AC_TRY_RUN([
@@ -733,10 +704,6 @@ else
 fi
 AM_CONDITIONAL(GROFF_HTML, test x$groff_html_support = xyes)
 
-# Check for the availability of makeinfo.
-AC_CHECK_PROG(haveit, makeinfo, yes, no)
-AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_MAKEINFO, test x$haveit = xyes)
-
 # Check whether this is a git repository.
 AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether building from git])
 if test -d .git ; then
@@ -751,14 +718,12 @@ AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILDING_FROM_GIT, test x$from_git = xyes)
 AC_CONFIG_FILES([
 Makefile
 doc/Makefile
-doc/nanorc.sample
-doc/man/Makefile
-doc/man/fr/Makefile
-doc/syntax/Makefile
-doc/texinfo/Makefile
+doc/sample.nanorc
+lib/Makefile
 m4/Makefile
 po/Makefile.in
 src/Makefile
+syntax/Makefile
 nano.spec
 ])
 

doc/.gitignore

@@ -1 +1,7 @@
-/nanorc.sample
+nano.1.html
+rnano.1.html
+nanorc.5.html
+texinfo.tex
+nano.info
+nano.html
+sample.nanorc

doc/Makefile.am

@@ -1,11 +1,33 @@
-SUBDIRS = man
-
-if HAVE_MAKEINFO
-SUBDIRS += texinfo
-endif
-
-if USE_COLOR
-SUBDIRS += syntax
-endif
+SUBDIRS =
+BUILT_SOURCES =
 
 dist_html_DATA = faq.html
+
+dist_man_MANS = nano.1 rnano.1
+html_pages = nano.1.html rnano.1.html
+
+if USE_NANORC
+dist_man_MANS += nanorc.5
+html_pages += nanorc.5.html
+endif
+
+nano.1.html: nano.1
+	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
+nanorc.5.html: nanorc.5
+	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
+rnano.1.html: rnano.1
+	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
+
+if GROFF_HTML
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(html_pages)
+dist_html_DATA += $(html_pages)
+endif
+
+info_TEXINFOS = nano.texi
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += nano.html
+dist_html_DATA += nano.html
+
+AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS = --no-split
+
+EXTRA_DIST = $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(info_TEXINFOS)

doc/faq.html

@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
   <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 </head>
 <body text="#330000" bgcolor="#ffffff" link="#0000ef" vlink="#51188e" alink="#ff0000">
+
 <h1>The GNU nano editor FAQ</h1>
 <h2>Table of Contents</h2>
 <h2><a href="#1">1. General</a></h2>
@@ -38,15 +39,11 @@
   <a href="#4.5">4.5. How do I type the F13-F16 keys shown in the help browser? My keyboard only has F1-F12!</a><br>
   <a href="#4.6">4.6. nano crashes when I type &lt;insert keystroke here&gt;!</a><br>
   <a href="#4.7">4.7. nano crashes when I resize my window. How can I fix that?</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.8">4.8. [version 1.3.12 and later] I'm using glibc 2.2.3, and nano crashes when I use color support or do regular expression searches. How can I fix that?</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.9">4.9. [version 1.1.12 and earlier] Why does nano show ^\ in the shortcut list instead of ^J?</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.10a">4.10a. [version 1.1.12 and earlier] When I type in a search string, the string I last searched for is already in front of my cursor! What happened?!</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.10b">4.10b. [version 1.1.99pre1 and later] Hey, the search string behavior has reverted, it's now like Pico, what happened to the consistency?</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.11">4.11. How do I make nano my default editor (in Pine, mutt, etc.)?</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.12">4.12. I've compiled nano with color support, but I don't see any color when I run it!</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.13">4.13. How do I select text for or paste text from the clipboard in an X terminal when I'm running nano in one and nano's mouse support is turned on?</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.14">4.14. When I paste text into a document, each line gets indented further than the last. Why does nano do this, and how can I avoid it?</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.15">4.15. On startup I get a message that says "Detected a legacy nano history file".  Now older nano versions can't find my search history!</a></p></blockquote>
+  <a href="#4.8">4.8. When I paste text into a document, each line gets indented further than the last. Why does nano do this, and how can I avoid it?</a><br>
+  <a href="#4.9">4.9. I've compiled nano with color support, but I don't see any color when I run it!</a><br>
+  <a href="#4.10">4.10. How do I make nano my default editor (in Pine, mutt, etc.)?</a><br>
+  <a href="#4.11">4.11. How do I select text for or paste text from the clipboard in an X terminal when I'm running nano in one and nano's mouse support is turned on?</a><br>
+  <a href="#4.12">4.12. On startup I get a message that says "Detected a legacy nano history file".  Now older nano versions can't find my search history!</a></p></blockquote>
 <h2><a href="#5">5. Internationalization</a></h2>
 <blockquote><p><a href="#5.1">5.1. There's no translation for my language!</a><br>
   <a href="#5.2">5.2. I don't like the translation for &lt;x&gt; in my language. How can I fix it?</a><br>
@@ -64,13 +61,14 @@
   <a href="#7.5">7.5. Can I have write access to the GIT tree?</a></p></blockquote>
 <h2><a href="#8">8. ChangeLog</a></h2>
 <hr width="100%">
+
 <h1><a name="1"></a>1. General</h1>
 <h2><a name="1.1"></a>1.1 About this FAQ</h2>
 <blockquote><p>This FAQ was originally written and maintained by Chris Allegretta &lt;<a href="mailto:chrisa@asty.org">chrisa@asty.org</a>&gt;, who also happens to be the creator of nano. It was then maintained by David Lawrence Ramsey &lt;<a href="mailto:pooka109@gmail.com">pooka109@gmail.com</a>&gt;. Maybe someone else will volunteer to maintain this FAQ someday, who knows...</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="1.2"></a>1.2. How do I contribute to it?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>Your best bet is to send it to the nano email address, <a href="mailto:nano@nano-editor.org">nano@nano-editor.org</a> and if it is useful enough it will be included in future versions.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="1.3"></a>1.3. What is GNU nano?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>GNU nano is designed to be a free replacement for the Pico text editor, part of the Pine email suite from <a href="http://www.washington.edu/pine/">The University of Washington</a>. It aims to &quot;emulate Pico as closely as possible and perhaps include extra functionality&quot;.</p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>GNU nano is designed to be a free replacement for the Pico text editor, part of the Pine email suite from <a href="http://www.washington.edu/pine/">The University of Washington</a>. It aims to &quot;emulate Pico as closely as possible and then include extra functionality&quot;.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="1.4"></a>1.4. What is the history behind nano?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>Funny you should ask!</p>
   <p><b>In the beginning...</b></p>
@@ -79,15 +77,16 @@
   <p>The <a href="http://www.debian.org/">Debian GNU/Linux</a> distribution, known for its strict standards in distributing truly &quot;free&quot; software (i.e. software with no restrictions on redistribution), would not include a binary package for Pine or Pico. Many people had a serious dilemma: they loved these programs, but the versions available at the time were not truly free software in the <a href="http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.html">GNU</a> sense of the word.</p>
   <p><b>The event...</b></p>
   <p>It was in late 1999 when Chris Allegretta (our hero) was yet again complaining to himself about the less-than-perfect license Pico was distributed under, the 1000 makefiles that came with it and how just a few small improvements could make it the Best Editor in the World (TM). Having been a convert from Slackware to Debian, he missed having a simple binary package that included Pine and Pico, and had grown tired of downloading them himself.</p>
-  <p>Finally something snapped inside and Chris coded and hacked like a madman for many hours straight one weekend to make a (barely usable) Pico clone, at the time called TIP (Tip Isn't Pico). The program could not be invoked without a filename, could not save files, had no help text display, spell checker, and so forth. But over time it improved, and with the help of a few great coders it matured to the (hopefully) stable state it is today.</p>
+  <p>Finally something snapped inside and Chris coded and hacked like a madman for many hours straight one weekend to make a (barely usable) Pico clone, at the time called TIP (Tip Isn't Pico). The program could not be invoked without a filename, could not save files, had no help text display, spell checker, and so forth. But over time it improved, and with the help of a few great coders it matured to the (hopefully) stable state it is in today.</p>
   <p>In February 2001, nano was declared an official GNU program by Richard Stallman. nano also reached its first production release on March 22, 2001.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="1.5"></a>1.5. Why the name change from TIP?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>On January 10, 2000, TIP was officially renamed to nano because of a namespace conflict with another program called 'tip'. The original 'tip' program &quot;establishes a full duplex terminal connection to a remote host&quot;, and was included with many older Unix systems (and newer ones like Solaris). The conflict was not noticed at first because there is no 'tip' utility included with most GNU/Linux distributions (where nano was developed).</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="1.6"></a>1.6. What is the current version of nano?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>The current version of nano *should* be 2.7.0.  Of course, you should always check the <a href="https://nano-editor.org/">nano homepage</a> to see what the latest and greatest version is.</p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>The current version of nano <i>should</i> be <b>2.8.0</b>.  Of course, you should always check the <a href="https://nano-editor.org/">nano homepage</a> to see what the latest and greatest version is.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="1.7"></a>1.7. I want to read the man page without having to download the program!</h2>
 <blockquote><p>Jeez, demanding, aren't we? Okay, look <a href="https://nano-editor.org/dist/latest/nano.1.html">here</a>.</p></blockquote>
 <hr width="100%">
+
 <h1><a name="2"></a>2. Where to get GNU nano.</h1>
 <h2><a name="2.1"></a>2.1. Web sites that carry nano.</h2>
 <blockquote><p>The nano source tarballs can be downloaded from the following web sites:</p>
@@ -115,6 +114,7 @@
 <h2><a name="2.4"></a>2.4. By GIT (for the brave).</h2>
 <blockquote><p>For the 'bleeding edge' current version of nano, you can use GIT to download the current source code. <b>Note:</b> believe it or not, by downloading code that has not yet stabilized into an official release, there could quite possibly be bugs, in fact the code may not even compile! Anyway, see <a href="http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/nano.git/tree/README.GIT">the nano GIT document</a> for info on anonymous GIT access to the nano source.</p></blockquote>
 <hr width="100%">
+
 <h1><a name="3"></a>3. Installation and Configuration</h1>
 <h2><a name="3.1"></a>3.1. How do I install the RPM or DEB package?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>It's simple really! As root, type <b>rpm -Uvh nano-x.y.z-1.i386.rpm</b> if you have a RedHat-ish system or <b>dpkg -i nano_x.y.z-1.deb</b> if you have a Debian-ish system, where <b>x.y.z</b> is the release of nano. There are other programs to install packages, and if you wish to use those, knock yourself out.</p></blockquote>
@@ -149,23 +149,25 @@
   <b>--disable-operatingdir</b>  Disable the setting of an operating directory
   <b>--disable-speller</b>       Disable spell checker functions
   <b>--disable-tabcomp</b>       Disable tab completion functions
+  <b>--disable-wordcomp</b>      Disable the word completion function
   <b>--disable-wrapping</b>      Disable all hard-wrapping of text</pre>
-  <p>There's also the <b>--enable-tiny</b> option which disables everything above, as well as some larger chunks of the program (like the marker code that you use with Control-^ to select text). Also, if you know you aren't going to be using other languages you can use <b>--disable-nls</b> to disable internationalization and save a few K to a few dozen K depending on if you have locale support on your system. And finally there's always good old <b>strip</b> to strip all debugging code and code that exists in libraries on your system.</p>
+  <p>There's also the <b>--enable-tiny</b> option which disables everything above, as well as some larger chunks of the program (like the marker code that you use with Control-^ to select text). Also, if you know you aren't going to be using other languages, you can use <b>--disable-nls</b> to disable internationalization and save a few K to a few dozen K depending on whether you have locale support on your system. And finally, there's always good old <b>strip</b> to strip all debugging code and code that exists in libraries on your system.</p>
   <p>With <b>--disable-wrapping-as-root</b> you can disable any hard-wrapping by default when the user is root, useful to prevent accidentally changing long lines in system configuration files.</p>
 </blockquote>
 <h2><a name="3.7"></a>3.7. Tell me more about this multibuffer stuff!</h2>
-<blockquote><p>To use multiple file buffers, you must be using nano 1.1.0 or newer, and you must not have configured it with <b>--disable-multibuffer</b> nor with <b>--enable-tiny</b> (use <b>nano -V</b> to check the compilation options). Then when you want to insert a file into its own buffer instead of into the current file, just hit <b>Meta-F</b>, then insert the file as normal with <b>^R</b>. If you always want files to be loaded into their own buffers, use the <b>--multibuffer</b> or <b>-F</b> flag when you invoke nano.</p>
-  <p>You can move between the buffers you have open with the <b>Meta-&lt;</b> and <b>Meta-&gt;</b> keys, or more easily with <b>Meta-,</b> and <b>Meta-.</b> (clear as mud, right? =-). When you have more than one file buffer open, the ^X shortcut will say &quot;Close&quot;, instead of the normal &quot;Exit&quot; when only one buffer is open.</p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>To use multiple file buffers, you must not have configured nano with <b>--disable-multibuffer</b> nor with <b>--enable-tiny</b> (use <b>nano -V</b> to check the compilation options). Then when you want to insert a file into its own buffer instead of into the current file, just hit <b>Meta-F</b>, then insert the file as normal with <b>^R</b>. If you always want files to be loaded into their own buffers, use the <b>--multibuffer</b> or <b>-F</b> flag when you invoke nano.</p>
+  <p>You can move between the buffers you have open with the <b>Meta-&lt;</b> and <b>Meta-&gt;</b> keys, or more easily without holding Shift: <b>Meta-,</b> and <b>Meta-.</b> (clear as mud, right? =-). When you have more than one file buffer open, the ^X shortcut will say &quot;Close&quot;, instead of the normal &quot;Exit&quot; when only one buffer is open.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="3.8"></a>3.8. Tell me more about this verbatim input stuff!</h2>
-<blockquote><p>To use verbatim input, you must be using nano 1.3.1 or newer. When you want to insert a literal character into the file you're editing, such as a control character that nano usually treats as a command, first press <b>Meta-V</b> (if you're not at a prompt, you'll get the message &quot;Verbatim Input&quot;), then press the key(s) that generate the character you want.</p>
-  <p>Alternatively, if you've enabled Unicode support (see section <a href="#5.3">5.3</a>), you can press <b>Meta-V</b> and then type a six-digit hexadecimal code (from 000000 to 10FFFF, case-insensitive), and the character with the corresponding value will be inserted instead. The prompt will change to &quot;Unicode Input&quot; when you do this.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="3.9a"></a>3.9a. How do I make a .nanorc file that nano will read when I start it?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>It's not hard at all! But, your version of nano must <b>not</b> have been compiled with <b>--disable-nanorc</b>, and must be version 1.1.12 or newer (use nano -V to check your version and compiled features). Then simply copy the <b>nanorc.sample</b> that came with the nano source or your nano package (most likely in /usr/doc/nano) to .nanorc in your home directory. If you didn't get one, the syntax is simple. Flags are turned on and off by using the words <b>set</b> and <b>unset</b> plus the long option name for the feature. For example, &quot;set nowrap&quot; or &quot;set smarthome&quot;.</p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>When you want to insert a literal character into the file you're editing, such as a control character that nano usually treats as a command, first press <b>Meta-V</b> (if you're not at a prompt, you'll get the message &quot;Verbatim Input&quot; on the statusbar), then press the key(s) that generate the character you want.</p>
+  <p>Alternatively, if you've enabled Unicode support (see section <a href="#5.3">5.3</a>), you can press <b>Meta-V</b> and then type a six-digit hexadecimal code (from 000000 to 10FFFF, case-insensitive), and the character with the corresponding value will be inserted. The statubar will change to &quot;Unicode Input: ......&quot; when you do this.</p></blockquote>
+<h2><a name="3.9a"></a>3.9a. How do I make a .nanorc file that will be read when I start nano?</h2>
+<blockquote><p>It's not hard at all! But, your nano must <b>not</b> have been compiled with <b>--disable-nanorc</b>. Then simply copy the <b>sample.nanorc</b> that came with the nano source or your nano package (most likely in /usr/doc/nano) to .nanorc in your home directory. If you didn't get one, the syntax of the file is simple. Flags are turned on and off by using the words <b>set</b> and <b>unset</b> plus the long option name for the feature. For example, &quot;set nowrap&quot; or &quot;set smarthome&quot;.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="3.9b"></a>3.9b. How about in Win32?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>If you're using the official nano .zip file and have extracted all the files, you should take the file nano.rc and place it somewhere on your Win32 system (for example, if you have write permission to do so, at the top of C:\).  Then you must create an Environment variable called HOME which points to the directory where you put nano.rc.  In Windows XP, you can get to Environment variables by right-clicking "My Computer" either on the desktop or in the Start Menu, and selecting Properties.  This should bring up the System Properties panel.  Then click the Advanced Tab, and there should be a button called Environment Variables.  Click that to bring up the Environment Variables section. Now, under User Variables you should be able to click the New button, and make a new Variables Name called HOME, with the Variable Value of whatever path you copied nano.rc into (just the directory name; don't add nano.rc onto the end).</p>
-<p>We're still working on documentation for enabling syntax highlighting on Win32; please bear with us.</p>
-<p>Note that the nano.rc file must remain Unix-formatted in order for nano to understand it.  In other words, you should probably use only nano to edit its config file.  Other programs like Wordpad and Notepad will convert the file to DOS format when saving, and the latter does not even properly read Unix-formatted files to begin with.</p></blockquote>
+  <p>We're still working on documentation for enabling syntax highlighting on Win32; please bear with us.</p>
+  <p>Note that the nano.rc file must remain Unix-formatted in order for nano to understand it.  In other words, you should probably use only nano to edit its config file.  Other programs like Wordpad and Notepad will convert the file to DOS format when saving, and the latter does not even properly read Unix-formatted files to begin with.</p></blockquote>
 <hr width="100%">
+
 <h1><a name="4"></a>4. Running</h1>
 <h2><a name="4.1"></a>4.1. How do I open a file with a name beginning with '+' from the command line?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>If a command-line option that begins with '+' is followed by another option, the former is always treated as a starting line and column number, and the latter is always treated as a filename. If a command-line option that begins with '+' isn't followed by another option, it's always treated as a filename. Examples:</p>
@@ -188,15 +190,11 @@
 <blockquote><p>If you aren't trying some bizarre keystroke combination with some bizarre $TERM entry, chances are you have found a bug. You are welcome to submit it to the <a href="mailto:nano-devel@gnu.org">nano-devel</a> list or in the <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano">bug tracker</a> on Savannah.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="4.7"></a>4.7. nano crashes when I resize my window. How can I fix that?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>Older versions of nano had this problem.  Please upgrade to version 2.7.0 or newer.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.8"></a>4.8. [version 1.3.12 and later] I'm using glibc 2.2.3, and nano crashes when I use color support or do regular expression searches. How can I fix that?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>It's a bug in glibc 2.2.3. You should upgrade to at least glibc 2.2.4.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.9"></a>4.9. [version 1.1.12 and earlier] Why does nano show ^\ in the shortcut list instead of ^J?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>The help (^G) and justify (^J) functions were among the last to be written. To show the improvements that nano had over Pico (go to line number, and replace), ^_ and ^\ were put on the shortcut list. Later, ^G came back in place of ^_ as it proved to be very valuable for new Unix users.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.10a"></a>4.10a. [version 1.1.12 and earlier] When I type in a search string, the string I last searched for is already in front of my cursor! What happened?!</h2>
-<blockquote><p>Since nano version 0.9.20, the default was to have a completely consistent user interface across all user input functions. This means that regardless of whether you're being asked for a filename to insert or write, or a string to search for, the previous value is already inserted before the cursor.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.10b"></a>4.10b. [version 1.1.99pre1 and later] Hey, the search string behavior has reverted, it's now like Pico, what happened to the consistency?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>It was decided that consistency was nice, but people are used to Pico's inconsistent behavior. Also, in version 1.1.99pre1, search and replace history was introduced. If you wish to edit your previous search/replace entry (or any previous entry), you can do so by hitting the up arrow to cycle through your history. This method allows the best of both worlds: You don't need to erase the previous string if you want to enter a new one, but you can with one keystroke recall previous entries for editing. Therefore there is now no "Pico mode", nano is and has always been a Pico <b>clone</b>, and clones by default should be compatible.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.11"></a>4.11. How do I make nano my default editor (in Pine, mutt, etc.)?</h2>
+<h2><a name="4.8"></a>4.8. When I paste text into a document, each line gets indented further than the last. Why does nano do this, and how can I avoid it?</h2>
+<blockquote><p>You have the autoindent feature turned on. Hit Meta-I to turn it off, paste your text, and then hit Meta-I again to turn it back on.</p></blockquote>
+<h2><a name="4.9"></a>4.9. I've compiled nano with color support, but I don't see any color when I run it!</h2>
+<blockquote><p>If you want nano to actually use color, you have to specify the color configurations you want it to use in your .nanorc. Several example configurations are in the <b>doc/syntax</b> subdirectory of the nano source, which are normally installed to <b>/usr/local/share/nano</b>. To enable all of them, uncomment the line <b># include "/usr/local/share/nano/*.nanorc"</b> in your nanorc. See also section <a href="#3.9a">3.9a</a>.</p></blockquote>
+<h2><a name="4.10"></a>4.10. How do I make nano my default editor (in Pine, mutt, etc.)?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>You need to make nano your $EDITOR. If you want this to be saved, you should put a line like this in your <b>.bashrc</b> if you use bash (or <b>.zshrc</b> if you believe in zsh):</p>
   <p><b>export EDITOR=/usr/local/bin/nano</b></p>
   <p>or, if you use tcsh, put this in your <b>.cshrc</b> file:</p>
@@ -209,17 +207,14 @@
   <p>If you're a mutt user, you should see an effect immediately the next time you log in. No further configuration is needed. However, if you want to let people know you use nano to compose your email messages, you can put a line like this in your <b>.muttrc</b>:</p>
   <p><b>my_hdr X-Composer: nano x.y.z</b></p>
   <p>Again, replace x.y.z with the version of nano you use.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.12"></a>4.12. I've compiled nano with color support, but I don't see any color when I run it!</h2>
-<blockquote><p>If you want nano to actually use color, you have to specify the color configurations you want it to use in your .nanorc. Several example configurations are in the <b>doc/syntax</b> subdirectory of the nano source, which are normally installed to <b>/usr/local/share/nano</b>. To enable all of them, uncomment the line <b># include "/usr/local/share/nano/*.nanorc"</b> in your nanorc. See also section <a href="#3.9a">3.9a</a>.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.13"></a>4.13. How do I select text for or paste text from the clipboard in an X terminal when I'm running nano in one and nano's mouse support is turned on?</h2>
+<h2><a name="4.11"></a>4.11. How do I select text for or paste text from the clipboard in an X terminal when I'm running nano in one and nano's mouse support is turned on?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>Try holding down the Shift key and selecting or pasting the text as you normally would.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.14"></a>4.14. When I paste text into a document, each line gets indented further than the last. Why does nano do this, and how can I avoid it?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>You have the autoindent feature turned on. Hit Meta-I to turn it off, paste your text, and then hit Meta-I again to turn it back on.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.15"></a>4.15. On startup I get a message that says "Detected a legacy nano history file".  Now older nano versions can't find my search history!</h2>
-<blockquote><p>In nano 2.3.0, cursor-position history was introduced, and both history files now reside in a .nano subdirectory in your home directory.  A newer nano will move an existing search-history file to this new location so it can continue to be used.  This means that if you then try and use an earlier version of nano, it will be unable to see your current search history.  To fix this, run the following command:<br>
+<h2><a name="4.12"></a>4.12. On startup I get a message that says "Detected a legacy nano history file".  Now older nano versions can't find my search history!</h2>
+<blockquote><p>In nano 2.3.0, cursor-position history was introduced, and both history files now reside in a .nano subdirectory in your home directory.  A newer nano will move an existing search-history file to this new location so it can continue to be used.  This means that if you then try and use an earlier version of nano, it will be unable to see your current search history.  To fix this, run the following command:</p>
   <p><b>ln -sf ~/.nano/search_history ~/.nano_history</b></p>
-</p><p>The "migration service" (moving the search-history file to its new location) will be deleted from nano in early 2018.</p></blockquote>
+  <p>The "migration service" (moving the search-history file to its new location) will be deleted from nano in early 2018.</p></blockquote>
 <hr width="100%">
+
 <h1><a name="5"></a>5. Internationalization</h1>
 <h2><a name="5.1"></a>5.1. There's no translation for my language!</h2>
 <blockquote><p>In June 2001, GNU nano entered the <a href="http://translationproject.org/html/welcome.html">Translation Project</a> and since then, translations should be managed from there.</p>
@@ -228,19 +223,22 @@
 <h2><a name="5.2"></a>5.2. I don't like the translation for &lt;x&gt; in my language. How can I fix it?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>The best way would probably be to send an e-mail to the team's mailing listed mentione in the <code>Language-Team:</code> field in the <b>&lt;your_language&gt;.po</b> file with your suggested corrections, and then they can make the changes reach the nano-devel list.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="5.3"></a>5.3. What is the status of Unicode support?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>In version 1.3.12 or later, Unicode should be usable. With your terminal, locale (LC_ALL and similar environment variables), and encoding configured to properly support UTF-8, you should be able to enter and save Unicode text.</p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>Since versions 1.3.12, Unicode should be usable. With your terminal, locale (LC_ALL and similar environment variables), and encoding configured to properly support UTF-8, you should be able to enter and save Unicode text.</p></blockquote>
 <hr width="100%">
+
 <h1><a name="6"></a>6. Advocacy and Licensing</h1>
 <h2><a name="6.1"></a>6.1. Why should I use nano instead of Pico?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>There are many reasons to use nano instead of Pico. A more complete list can be found at the <a href="https://nano-editor.org/">nano homepage</a>.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="6.2"></a>6.2. Why should I use Pico instead of nano?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>Again, check out the <a href="https://nano-editor.org/">nano homepage</a> for a good summary of reasons. It really is a matter of personal preference as to which editor you should use. If you're the type of person who likes using the original version of a program, then Pico is the editor for you. If you don't mind sacrificing mailer integration with Pine, and are looking for a few more features, as well as a 'better' license in terms of adding your own changes, nano is the way to go.</p><p>Note that the last of these no longer applies to the new version of Pine, <a href="http://www.washington.edu/alpine/">Alpine</a>, which is under the Apache License, version 2.0.</p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>Again, check out the <a href="https://nano-editor.org/">nano homepage</a> for a good summary of reasons. It really is a matter of personal preference as to which editor you should use. If you're the type of person who likes using the original version of a program, then Pico is the editor for you. If you don't mind sacrificing mailer integration with Pine, and are looking for a few more features, as well as a 'better' license in terms of adding your own changes, nano is the way to go.</p>
+<p>Note that the last of these no longer applies to the new version of Pine, <a href="http://www.washington.edu/alpine/">Alpine</a>, which is under the Apache License, version 2.0.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="6.3"></a>6.3. What is so bad about the older Pine license?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>The U of W license for older versions of Pine and Pico is not considered truly Free Software according to both the Free Software Foundation and the <a href="http://www.debian.org/social_contract#guidelines">Debian Free Software Guidelines</a>. The main problem regards the limitations on distributing derived works: according to UW, you can distribute their software, and you can modify it, but you can not do both, i.e. distribute modified binaries.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="6.4"></a>6.4. Okay, well, what mail program should I use then?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>If you are looking to use a Free Software program similar to Pine, and Emacs is not your thing, you should definitely take a look at <a href="http://www.mutt.org/">mutt</a>. It is a full-screen, console based mail program that actually has a lot more flexibility than Pine, but has a keymap included in the distribution that allows you to use the same keystrokes as Pine would to send and receive mail. It's also under the GNU General Public License, version 2.0.<P>
-Of course, due to the license change you can now use the <A HREF="http://www.washington.edu/alpine/">Alpine distribution</A> of PINE as it is now considered Free Software, but you would be sacrificing many of nano's features to do so.</p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>If you are looking to use a Free Software program similar to Pine, and Emacs is not your thing, you should definitely take a look at <a href="http://www.mutt.org/">mutt</a>. It is a full-screen, console based mail program that actually has a lot more flexibility than Pine, but has a keymap included in the distribution that allows you to use the same keystrokes as Pine would to send and receive mail. It's also under the GNU General Public License, version 2.0.</p>
+<p>Of course, due to the license change you can now use the <a href="http://www.washington.edu/alpine/">Alpine distribution</a> of PINE as it is now considered Free Software, but you would be sacrificing many of nano's features to do so.</p></blockquote>
 <hr width="100%">
+
 <h1><a name="7"></a>7. Miscellaneous</h1>
 <h2><a name="7.1"></a>7.1. nano-related mailing lists.</h2>
 <blockquote><p>There are three mailing lists for nano hosted at <a href="http://savannah.gnu.org/">Savannah</a>: info-nano, help-nano and nano-devel. info-nano is a very low traffic list where new versions of nano are announced (surprise!). help-nano is for getting help with the editor without needing to hear all of the development issues surrounding it. nano-devel is a normally low, sometimes high traffic list for discussing the present and future development of nano. Here are links to where you can sign up for a given list:</p>
@@ -251,81 +249,84 @@ Of course, due to the license change you can now use the <A HREF="http://www.was
 <blockquote><p>That's fine. Send it <a href="mailto:nano-devel@gnu.org">our way</a>! Better yet, fix a <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano">bug</a> in the program or implement a <a href="https://nano-editor.org/dist/latest/TODO">cool feature</a> and send us that instead (though cash is fine too).</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="7.3"></a>7.3. How do I submit a bug report or patch?</h2>
 <blockquote>
-<p>The best place to submit bugs is to the <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano">Savannah bug tracker</a> as you can check whether the bug you are submitting has already been submitted.
-<p>Please submit patches for nano via the <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/patch/?group=nano">Savannah project's patch manager</a> for the nano project.</p></blockquote>
+  <p>The best way to submit bugs is through the <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano">Savannah bug tracker</a>, as you can check whether the bug you are reporting has already been submitted, and it makes it easier for the maintainers to keep track of them.
+  <p>You can submit patches for nano via <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/patch/?group=nano">Savannah's patch manager</a>.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="7.4"></a>7.4. How do I join the development team?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>The easiest way is to consistently send in good patches that add some needed functionality, fix a bug or two, and/or make the program more optimized/efficient. Then ask nicely and you will probably be added to the Savannah development list and be given write access after a while. There is a lot of responsibility that goes along with being a team member, so don't think it's just something to add to your resume.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="7.5"></a>7.5. Can I have write access to the git tree?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>Re-read Section <a href="#7.4">7.4</a> and you should know the answer.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="8"></a>8. ChangeLog</h2>
+<blockquote><p>Re-read section <a href="#7.4">7.4</a> and you should know the answer.</p></blockquote>
+<hr width="100%">
+
+<h1><a name="8"></a>8. ChangeLog</h1>
 <blockquote><p>
-2016/04/17 - Update docs to refer to GIT instead of subversion. (Mike)<br>
-2015/07/18 - More small fixes and updates. (Benno)<br>
-2014/04/24 - A bunch of small fixes and updates. (Benno)<br>
-2009/11/30 - Update various bits for nano 2.2.x. (DLR)<br>
-2009/11/18 - Typo fix. (j.mader@gmail.com)<br>
-2008/03/16 - Update docs to refer to subversion instead of CVS, add more words about Alpine, and refer to Savannah for bugs and patches. (chrisa)<br>
-2007/12/21 - Update maintainer information. (DLR)<br>
-2007/12/09 - Add minor punctuation and wording fixes, and update various sections to account for Alpine. (DLR)<br>
-2007/08/26 - Update links to the Free Translation Project. (DLR)<br>
-2007/07/29 - Update RPM links for nano 2.0.x. (DLR)<br>
-2007/04/18 - Add a new section 4.14 to explain how autoindent affects pasted text. (John M. Gabriele, minor tweaks by DLR)<br>
-2007/04/04 - Update email address. (DLR)<br>
-2007/01/01 - Update section 4.1 to describe how to open files with names beginning with '+' at specified columns as well as lines. (DLR)<br>
-2006/11/25 - Add miscellaneous wording and capitalization fixes. (DLR)<br>
-2006/10/28 - Update various links for the 2.0 branch of nano. (DLR)<br>
-2006/10/06 - Update the question in section 4.13 to match the version of it in the answer section. (DLR)<br>
-2006/07/25 - Update section 5.3 again to not state &quot;the latest development version&quot; before 1.3.12, as it's no longer accurate. Also add some minor spacing fixes. (DLR)<br>
-2006/06/12 - Update section 5.3, due to the display fix for two-column Unicode characters. (DLR)<br>
-2006/06/05 - Add a new section 4.8, and move all section 4 entries after it down one number, to explain how to deal with glibc 2.2.3's crashes involving extended regular expressions. (DLR)<br>
-2006/06/04 - Add minor punctuation, wording, and typo fixes. (DLR)<br>
-2006/05/27 - Update section 3.8 to mention the new "Unicode Input" prompt, and how Unicode input only works when Unicode support is enabled. (DLR)<br>
-2006/05/12 - Remove section 4.4, and move all section 4 entries after it up one number, since it no longer applies. Meta-] and Meta-[ are no longer used to indent and unindent marked text, since they require that the bracket matching key change to Ctrl-], which is used as the telnet escape key (found by Chris). Also, make the link to the nano CVS page a bit more readable. (DLR)<br>
-2006/05/08 - Add a new section 4.5, and move all section 4 entries after it down one number, to explain a problem that can occur when holding down keys to generate Meta sequences. Also add a few more capitalization and wording fixes. (Benno Schulenberg, minor tweaks by DLR)<br>
-2006/05/01 - Add a new section 4.4, and move all section 4 entries after it down one number, to explain how to deal with problems typing Meta-[. Also add a few capitalization and wording fixes. (DLR)<br>
-2006/04/14 - Clarify section 1.4: help menu -> help text display. (DLR, suggested by Benno Schulenberg)<br>
-2006/03/16 - Update the Free Translation Project's address, change the character set to UTF-8, and remove broken links to contributed RedHat nano packages. (DLR)<br>
-2005/11/21 - Clarify section 5.3 to better explain how to enable Unicode support, and remove the mention of quirks, since they turned out to not be a nano problem. (Mike Frysinger and DLR)<br>
-2005/11/19 - Add a new section 5.3 to explain the status of nano's Unicode support. (Mike Frysinger, minor tweaks by DLR)<br>
-2005/08/27 - Update email address. (DLR)<br>
-2005/08/10 - Add a new section 4.3, and move all section 4 entries after it down one number, to explain how to deal with numeric keypad problems. (DLR)<br>
-2005/08/08 - Update section 3.8 to mention that verbatim input mode now takes a six-digit hexadecimal number. (DLR)<br>
-2005/07/04 - Update section 4.10 to mention that pasting from the X clipboard via the middle mouse button also works when the Shift key is used. (DLR)<br>
-2005/06/15 - Update description of --enable-extra, and add missing line breaks. (DLR)<br>
-2005/06/13 - Minor capitalization and wording fixes. (DLR)<br>
-2005/06/08 - Updated section 1.1 to mention the current maintainer. (DLR)<br>
-2005/03/09 - Added question about opening files with names beginning with '+'s, and added a few more miscellaneous cosmetic fixes. (DLR)<br>
-2005/01/03 - Removed now-inaccurate note about verbatim input's not working at prompts, and update its description to mention that it handles hexadecimal values now. (DLR)<br>
-2004/11/21 - Listed sh as an example of a Bourne shell. (DLR)<br>
-2004/11/05 - Fixed inaccuracy: Pico compatibility mode was made the default in nano 1.1.99pre1, not 1.2.2. Also added question about how to type F13-F16 on terminals lacking keys past F12 (suggested by Chris), question about how to select text for the clipboard in X terminals with nano's mouse support turned on (answer found by Joseph Birthisel), and misc. fixes and link updates. (DLR)<br>
-2004/04/07 - Removed NumLock glitch question, as it's no longer needed. (DLR)<br>
-2004/01/30 - Fixed inaccuracy: multibuffer mode was first in nano 1.1.0, not 1.1.12. (DLR)<br>
-2003/12/31 - Added question about the new verbatim input function, and a few minor fixes. Removed reference to &quot;set pico&quot; (DLR).<br>
-2003/07/02 - Added question about nano's not showing color when it's compiled with color support (DLR; suggested by Jordi).<br>
-2003/02/23 - Updated RPM links for nano 1.2.x (DLR).<br>
-2003/01/16 - Split section 4.5 into 4.5a and 4.5b for search string behavior. Added --enable-all docs.<br>
-2002/12/28 - More misc. fixes (David Benbennick, DLR).<br>
-2002/10/25 - Misc. fixes and link updates (DLR).<br>
-2002/09/10 - Another typo fix (DLR).<br>
-2002/05/15 - Typo fix (DLR).<br>
-2001/12/26 - Misc. fixes (Aaron S. Hawley, DLR).<br>
-2001/10/02 - Update for Free Translation Project.<br>
-2001/10/02 - Assorted fixes, Debian additions.<br>
-2001/06/30 - Silly typo fix.<br>
-2001/05/05 - Spelling fixes by David Lawrence Ramsey.<br>
-2001/05/02 - Misc fixes.<br>
-2001/03/26 - Typo fix in an URL.<br>
-2001/02/17 - Advocacy updates.<br>
-2001/02/15 - Added GNU notes for 0.9.99pre3.<br>
-2001/02/06 - Typo fixes.<br>
-2001/01/14 - Added note about NumLock glitch.<br>
-2001/01/10 - Linux -&gt; GNU/Linux.<br>
-2001/01/09 - Added &quot;making exe smaller&quot; section.<br>
-2000/12/19 - Typo and assorted error fixes.<br>
-2000/11/28 - Added blurb about make install-strip.<br>
-2000/11/19 - Changed Debian frozen to stable.<br>
-2000/11/18 - Previous string display (4.5).<br>
-2000/09/27 - Moved addresses to nano-editor.org.<br>
-2000/06/31 - Initial framework.</p></blockquote>
+2017.01.09 - Delete some obsolete items and update a few others. (Benno)<br>
+2016.04.17 - Update docs to refer to GIT instead of subversion. (Mike)<br>
+2015.07.18 - More small fixes and updates. (Benno)<br>
+2014.04.24 - A bunch of small fixes and updates. (Benno)<br>
+2009.11.30 - Update various bits for nano 2.2.x. (DLR)<br>
+2009.11.18 - Typo fix. (j.mader@gmail.com)<br>
+2008.03.16 - Update docs to refer to subversion instead of CVS, add more words about Alpine, and refer to Savannah for bugs and patches. (Chris)<br>
+2007.12.21 - Update maintainer information. (DLR)<br>
+2007.12.09 - Add minor punctuation and wording fixes, and update various sections to account for Alpine. (DLR)<br>
+2007.08.26 - Update links to the Free Translation Project. (DLR)<br>
+2007.07.29 - Update RPM links for nano 2.0.x. (DLR)<br>
+2007.04.18 - Add a new section 4.14 to explain how autoindent affects pasted text. (John M. Gabriele, minor tweaks by DLR)<br>
+2007.04.04 - Update email address. (DLR)<br>
+2007.01.01 - Update section 4.1 to describe how to open files with names beginning with '+' at specified columns as well as lines. (DLR)<br>
+2006.11.25 - Add miscellaneous wording and capitalization fixes. (DLR)<br>
+2006.10.28 - Update various links for the 2.0 branch of nano. (DLR)<br>
+2006.10.06 - Update the question in section 4.13 to match the version of it in the answer section. (DLR)<br>
+2006.07.25 - Update section 5.3 again to not state &quot;the latest development version&quot; before 1.3.12, as it's no longer accurate. Also add some minor spacing fixes. (DLR)<br>
+2006.06.12 - Update section 5.3, due to the display fix for two-column Unicode characters. (DLR)<br>
+2006.06.05 - Add a new section 4.8, and move all section 4 entries after it down one number, to explain how to deal with glibc 2.2.3's crashes involving extended regular expressions. (DLR)<br>
+2006.06.04 - Add minor punctuation, wording, and typo fixes. (DLR)<br>
+2006.05.27 - Update section 3.8 to mention the new "Unicode Input" prompt, and how Unicode input only works when Unicode support is enabled. (DLR)<br>
+2006.05.12 - Remove section 4.4, and move all section 4 entries after it up one number, since it no longer applies. Meta-] and Meta-[ are no longer used to indent and unindent marked text, since they require that the bracket matching key change to Ctrl-], which is used as the telnet escape key (found by Chris). Also, make the link to the nano CVS page a bit more readable. (DLR)<br>
+2006.05.08 - Add a new section 4.5, and move all section 4 entries after it down one number, to explain a problem that can occur when holding down keys to generate Meta sequences. Also add a few more capitalization and wording fixes. (Benno Schulenberg, minor tweaks by DLR)<br>
+2006.05.01 - Add a new section 4.4, and move all section 4 entries after it down one number, to explain how to deal with problems typing Meta-[. Also add a few capitalization and wording fixes. (DLR)<br>
+2006.04.14 - Clarify section 1.4: help menu -> help text display. (DLR, suggested by Benno Schulenberg)<br>
+2006.03.16 - Update the Free Translation Project's address, change the character set to UTF-8, and remove broken links to contributed RedHat nano packages. (DLR)<br>
+2005.11.21 - Clarify section 5.3 to better explain how to enable Unicode support, and remove the mention of quirks, since they turned out to not be a nano problem. (Mike Frysinger and DLR)<br>
+2005.11.19 - Add a new section 5.3 to explain the status of nano's Unicode support. (Mike Frysinger, minor tweaks by DLR)<br>
+2005.08.27 - Update email address. (DLR)<br>
+2005.08.10 - Add a new section 4.3, and move all section 4 entries after it down one number, to explain how to deal with numeric keypad problems. (DLR)<br>
+2005.08.08 - Update section 3.8 to mention that verbatim input mode now takes a six-digit hexadecimal number. (DLR)<br>
+2005.07.04 - Update section 4.10 to mention that pasting from the X clipboard via the middle mouse button also works when the Shift key is used. (DLR)<br>
+2005.06.15 - Update description of --enable-extra, and add missing line breaks. (DLR)<br>
+2005.06.13 - Minor capitalization and wording fixes. (DLR)<br>
+2005.06.08 - Updated section 1.1 to mention the current maintainer. (DLR)<br>
+2005.03.09 - Added question about opening files with names beginning with '+'s, and added a few more miscellaneous cosmetic fixes. (DLR)<br>
+2005.01.03 - Removed now-inaccurate note about verbatim input's not working at prompts, and update its description to mention that it handles hexadecimal values now. (DLR)<br>
+2004.11.21 - Listed sh as an example of a Bourne shell. (DLR)<br>
+2004.11.05 - Fixed inaccuracy: Pico compatibility mode was made the default in nano 1.1.99pre1, not 1.2.2. Also added question about how to type F13-F16 on terminals lacking keys past F12 (suggested by Chris), question about how to select text for the clipboard in X terminals with nano's mouse support turned on (answer found by Joseph Birthisel), and misc. fixes and link updates. (DLR)<br>
+2004.04.07 - Removed NumLock glitch question, as it's no longer needed. (DLR)<br>
+2004.01.30 - Fixed inaccuracy: multibuffer mode was first in nano 1.1.0, not 1.1.12. (DLR)<br>
+2003.12.31 - Added question about the new verbatim input function, and a few minor fixes. Removed reference to &quot;set pico&quot; (DLR).<br>
+2003.07.02 - Added question about nano's not showing color when it's compiled with color support (DLR; suggested by Jordi).<br>
+2003.02.23 - Updated RPM links for nano 1.2.x (DLR).<br>
+2003.01.16 - Split section 4.5 into 4.5a and 4.5b for search string behavior. Added --enable-all docs.<br>
+2002.12.28 - More misc. fixes (David Benbennick, DLR).<br>
+2002.10.25 - Misc. fixes and link updates (DLR).<br>
+2002.09.10 - Another typo fix (DLR).<br>
+2002.05.15 - Typo fix (DLR).<br>
+2001.12.26 - Misc. fixes (Aaron S. Hawley, DLR).<br>
+2001.10.02 - Update for Free Translation Project.<br>
+2001.10.02 - Assorted fixes, Debian additions.<br>
+2001.06.30 - Silly typo fix.<br>
+2001.05.05 - Spelling fixes by David Lawrence Ramsey.<br>
+2001.05.02 - Misc fixes.<br>
+2001.03.26 - Typo fix in an URL.<br>
+2001.02.17 - Advocacy updates.<br>
+2001.02.15 - Added GNU notes for 0.9.99pre3.<br>
+2001.02.06 - Typo fixes.<br>
+2001.01.14 - Added note about NumLock glitch.<br>
+2001.01.10 - Linux -&gt; GNU/Linux.<br>
+2001.01.09 - Added &quot;making exe smaller&quot; section.<br>
+2000.12.19 - Typo and assorted error fixes.<br>
+2000.11.28 - Added blurb about make install-strip.<br>
+2000.11.19 - Changed Debian frozen to stable.<br>
+2000.11.18 - Previous string display (4.5).<br>
+2000.09.27 - Moved addresses to nano-editor.org.<br>
+2000.06.31 - Initial framework.</p></blockquote>
 </body>
 </html>

doc/man/.gitignore

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-nano.1.html
-nanorc.5.html
-rnano.1.html

doc/man/Makefile.am

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-SUBDIRS =
-BUILT_SOURCES =
-
-if USE_NLS
-SUBDIRS += fr
-endif
-
-dist_man_MANS = nano.1 rnano.1
-html_pages = nano.1.html rnano.1.html
-
-if USE_NANORC
-dist_man_MANS += nanorc.5
-html_pages += nanorc.5.html
-endif
-
-nano.1.html: nano.1
-	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
-nanorc.5.html: nanorc.5
-	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
-rnano.1.html: rnano.1
-	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
-
-if GROFF_HTML
-BUILT_SOURCES += $(html_pages)
-dist_html_DATA = $(html_pages)
-endif
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(BUILT_SOURCES)

doc/man/fr/Makefile.am

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-mandir = @mandir@/fr
-htmldir = @htmldir@/fr
-
-BUILT_SOURCES =
-
-dist_man_MANS = nano.1 rnano.1
-html_pages = nano.1.html rnano.1.html
-
-if USE_NANORC
-dist_man_MANS += nanorc.5
-html_pages += nanorc.5.html
-endif
-
-nano.1.html: nano.1
-	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
-nanorc.5.html: nanorc.5
-	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
-rnano.1.html: rnano.1
-	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
-
-if GROFF_HTML
-BUILT_SOURCES += $(html_pages)
-dist_html_DATA = $(html_pages)
-endif
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(BUILT_SOURCES)

doc/man/fr/nano.1

@@ -1,324 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
-.\" Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.\"
-.\" Le travail d'adaptation française de cette page de manuel a été
-.\" réalisé par Jean-Philippe Guérard, en 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 et 2007.
-.\" Ce travail d'adaptation est dans le domaine public. Attention, la
-.\" page traduite reste soumise au droit d'auteur de ses auteurs
-.\" originaux.
-.\"
-.\" The French translation of this document is a public domain work of
-.\" Jean-Philippe Guérard. This translation work was made in 2003, 2004,
-.\" 2005, 2006 and 2007. The translated man page in itself is still
-.\" subject to the copyright of its original authors.
-.\"
-.\" This document is dual-licensed.  You may distribute and/or modify it
-.\" under the terms of either of the following licenses:
-.\"
-.\" * The GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
-.\"   Foundation, version 3 or (at your option) any later version.  You
-.\"   should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-.\"   along with this program.  If not, see
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" * The GNU Free Documentation License, as published by the Free
-.\"   Software Foundation, version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
-.\"   version, with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no
-.\"   Back-Cover Texts.  You should have received a copy of the GNU Free
-.\"   Documentation License along with this program.  If not, see
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" Ce document est publié sous une double licence. Vous pouvez
-.\" le distribuer et le modifier selon les termes de l'une des deux
-.\" licences ci-dessous :
-.\"
-.\" * La Licence publique générale GNU (GNU GPL) version 3 ou, à
-.\"   votre choix, supérieure, telle que publiée par la Free 
-.\"   Software Foundation. Vous devriez avoir reçu une copie de la 
-.\"   Licence publique générale GNU avec ce programme. Si ce n'est pas 
-.\"   le cas, consultez <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" * La Licence de documentation libre GNU (GNU FDL), version 1.2 ou,
-.\"   à votre choix, supérieure, telle que publiée par la Free
-.\"   Software Foundation, sans section invariante, ni texte de
-.\"   première ou de quatrième de couverture. Vous devriez avoir reçu 
-.\"   une copie de la Licence de documentation libre GNU avec ce 
-.\"   programme. Si ce n'est pas le cas, consultez 
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.TH NANO 1 "version 2.0.0" "29\ novembre\ 2007"
-.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
-.\" Merci de modifier ces dates à chaque mise à jour de cette page.
-.\"
-
-.SH NOM
-nano \- NAno un NOuvel éditeur, un clone libre et amélioré de Pico
-
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B nano
-.I [OPTIONS]\ [[+LIGNE,COLONNE]\ FICHIER]...
-.br
-
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Cette page de manuel décrit brièvement la commande \fBnano\fR.
-.PP
-.\" TeX users may be more comfortable with the \fB<whatever>\fP and
-.\" \fI<whatever>\fP escape sequences to invoke bold face and italics,
-.\" respectively.
-\fBnano\fR est un éditeur petit, sympathique et libre, qui vise à remplacer
-Pico, l'éditeur par défaut du logiciel non libre Pine. \fBnano\fR ne se
-contentant pas de copier l'interface et l'ergonomie de Pico, il offre
-également certaines fonctions manquantes (ou désactivées par défaut)
-dans Pico. Ces fonctionnalités sont, par exemple, les fonctions de
-recherche et de remplacement, et la possibilité de sauter directement à 
-une ligne et à une colonne précise.
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.B +\fILIGNE\fP,\fICOLONNE\fP
-Démarre avec le curseur positionné à la colonne \fICOLONNE\fP de 
-la ligne \fILIGNE\fR (l'un des deux, au moins, devant être spécifié) au 
-lieu de démarrer à la colonne\ 1, ligne\ 1.
-.TP
-.B \-?
-Identique à \fB\-h (\-\-help)\fP.
-.TP
-.B \-A (\-\-smarthome)
-Rend plus malin le fonctionnement de la touche «\ Début\ ». Lorsque l'on
-appuie sur cette touche à n'importe quel endroit excepté au tout début
-du texte d'une ligne (i.\ e. au premier caractère non blanc), le curseur
-se positionnera au début du texte de la ligne (qu'il soit en avant ou en
-arrière). Si le curseur est déjà là, il se placera au vrai début de la
-ligne.
-.TP
-.B \-B (\-\-backup)
-Lors de l'écriture d'un fichier, crée une copie de sécurité de la
-version précédente, en ajoutant un tilde (~) au nom du fichier.
-.TP
-.B \-D (\-\-boldtext)
-Utilise des caractères gras à la place de la vidéo inverse.
-.TP
-.B \-C \fIrépertoire\fP (\-\-backupdir=\fIrépertoire\fP)
-Définit le répertoire utilisé par \fBnano\fP pour enregistrer les copies 
-de sécurité uniques si celles-ci sont activées.
-.TP
-.B \-E (\-\-tabstospaces)
-Convertit les tabulations clavier en espaces.
-.TP
-.B \-F (\-\-multibuffer)
-Active le mode multi-espace, autorisant l'édition simultanée de 
-plusieurs fichiers, si ce mode est disponible.
-.TP
-.B \-H (\-\-historylog)
-Enregistre les chaînes ayant fait l'objet d'une recherche ou d'un
-remplacement dans le fichier \fI~/.nano_history\fR afin de permettre leur
-réutilisation. Ceci n'est possible que si \fBnano\fR est configuré pour
-utiliser les fichiers nanorc.
-.TP
-.B \-I (\-\-ignorercfiles)
-Ne pas utiliser pas les fichiers \fISYSCONFDIR/nanorc\fR et 
-\fI~/.nanorc\fR (si \fBnano\fR est capable de les utiliser).
-.TP
-.B \-K (\-\-rebindkeypad)
-Interprète les touches du pavé numérique afin qu'elles fonctionnent 
-toutes correctement. Vous ne devriez utiliser cette option que si ce 
-n'est pas le cas, car nano ne sera plus capable d'utiliser la souris 
-correctement lorsque cette option sera activée.
-.TP
-.B \-L (\-\-nonewlines)
-Ne pas ajouter de passage à la ligne à la fin des fichiers.
-.TP
-.B \-N (\-\-noconvert)
-Désactive la conversion automatique des fichiers depuis les formats Mac et
-DOS.
-.TP
-.B \-O (\-\-morespace)
-Utiliser la ligne blanche située sous la ligne de titre comme
-espace supplémentaire d'édition.
-.TP
-.B \-Q \fIchaîne\fP (\-\-quotestr=\fIchaîne\fP)
-Définit le préfixe par défaut des citations. Nano utilise ce préfixe
-pour réaliser une justification correcte des citations. Si nano est
-capable d'utiliser des expressions rationnelles, le préfixe par défaut
-sera "\fI^([\ \\t]*[#:>\\|}])+\fP", sinon, ce sera "\fI>\ \fP". Dans 
-l'expression rationnelle précédente, «\ \fI\\t\fP\ » représente une 
-tabulation.
-.TP
-.B \-R (\-\-restricted)
-Mode restreint\ : aucune lecture ou écriture de fichiers non indiqués 
-sur la ligne de commande, pas de lecture des fichiers nanorc, 
-interdiction de suspendre, interdiction d'ajouter au début, à la fin, 
-de sauvegarder un fichier ayant déjà un nom sous un nom différent, 
-d'utiliser une copie de sécurité ou le correcteur orthographique. Cette 
-option peut aussi être activée en appelant \fBnano\fP sous un nom 
-commençant par «\ r\ » (par exemple «\ rnano\ »).
-.TP
-.B \-S (\-\-smooth)
-Active le défilement progressif. Le texte défilera ligne-par-ligne au lieu
-de défiler morceau-par-morceau.
-.TP
-.B \-T \fInombre\fP (\-\-tabsize=\fInombre\fP)
-Définit la taille (largeur) des tabulations en nombre de colonnes. Le 
-nombre indiqué doit être strictement supérieur à 0. La valeur par défaut 
-est de 8.
-.TP
-.B \-U (\-\-quickblank)
-Effacement rapide de la ligne d'état. Les messages affichés par la ligne 
-d'état disparaîtront après une frappe clavier au lieu de 25. Notez que
-l'option \fB-c\fP prend le pas sur cette option.
-.TP
-.B \-V (\-\-version)
-Affiche la version, puis s'arrête.
-.TP
-.B \-W (\-\-wordbounds)
-Détection plus précise des limites de mots, obtenue en considérant les 
-caractères de ponctuation comme faisant partie des mots.
-.TP
-.B \-Y \fIchaîne\fP (\-\-syntax=\fIchaîne\fP)
-Indique quel mode de colorisation syntaxique adopter, parmi les modes
-définis dans le fichier \fI.nanorc\fR, si cette fonctionnalité est
-disponible.
-.TP
-.B \-c (\-\-const)
-Affiche en permanence la position du curseur. Notez que cette option 
-prend le pas sur l'option \fB-U\fP.
-.TP
-.B \-d (\-\-rebinddelete)
-Interprète différemment la touche «\ Supprimer\ », afin que les touches 
-«\ Effacement arrière\ » et «\ Supprimer\ » fonctionnent correctement. 
-Vous ne devriez avoir besoin de cette option que si, sur votre système, 
-la touche «\ Effacement arrière\ » produit l'effet de la touche
-«\ Supprimer\ ».
-.TP
-.B \-h (\-\-help)
-Affiche un résumé des options de lancement de nano, puis s'arrête.
-.TP
-.B \-i (\-\-autoindent)
-Indentation automatique. Commence chaque nouvelle ligne au même niveau que
-la ligne précédente. Utile pour l'édition de code source.
-.TP
-.B \-k (\-\-cut)
-Coupe le texte du curseur à la fin de la ligne, au lieu de couper la 
-ligne entière.
-.TP
-.B \-l (\-\-nofollow)
-Si le fichier édité est un lien symbolique, au lieu de le suivre, 
-remplace le lien par le nouveau fichier. Sans doute utile pour éditer 
-les fichiers de \fI/tmp\fR, non\ ?
-.TP
-.B \-m (\-\-mouse)
-Active l'utilisation de la souris, si elle est disponible pour votre
-système. Lorsque celle-ci est activée, il est possible d'utiliser la 
-souris pour positionner le curseur, pour marquer le texte (avec un 
-double-clic) et pour lancer les fonctions correspondant aux raccourcis. 
-Il est possible d'utiliser la souris sous X\ Window ou en mode console 
-avec gpm.
-.TP
-.B \-o \fIrépertoire\fP (\-\-operatingdir=\fIrépertoire\fP)
-Définit le répertoire de travail. Demande à \fBnano\fP de mettre en place
-quelque chose de similaire à un environnement d'exécution restreint
-(\fIchroot\fR).
-.TP
-.B \-p (\-\-preserve)
-Préserve les séquences XON et XOFF (^Q et ^S), afin qu'elle soient reçues
-par le terminal.
-.TP
-.B \-r \fIcolonne\fP (\-\-fill=\fIcolonne\fP)
-Passe automatiquement à la ligne une fois arrivé à la colonne 
-\fIcolonne\fR. Si la valeur indiquée est de 0 ou moins, le point de 
-passage à la ligne aura lieu à la taille de l'écran moins \fIcolonne\fR. 
-Cela permet de faire varier le point de passage à la ligne lorsque l'on 
-change la taille de l'écran. La valeur par défaut est de \-8.
-.TP
-.B \-s \fIprogramme\fP (\-\-speller=\fIprogramme\fP)
-Choix d'un correcteur orthographique de remplacement.
-.TP
-.B \-t (\-\-tempfile)
-S'il a été modifié, le fichier sera sauvegardé automatiquement sans
-demande de confirmation. Identique à l'option \fB-t\fP de Pico.
-.TP
-.B \-v (\-\-view)
-Mode visualisation (lecture seule).
-.TP
-.B \-w (\-\-nowrap)
-Désactive le passage automatique à la ligne.
-.TP
-.B \-x (\-\-nohelp)
-Désactive la barre d'aide affichée en bas de l'écran.
-.TP
-.B \-z (\-\-suspend)
-Autorise à suspendre l'éditeur.
-.TP
-.B \-a, \-b, \-e, \-f, \-g, \-j
-Ignoré, pour être compatible avec Pico.
-
-.SH "FICHIERS D'INITIALISATION"
-\fBnano\fR lit les fichiers d'initialisation dans l'ordre suivant\ : 
-\fISYSCONFDIR/nanorc\fR, puis \fI~/.nanorc\fR. Référez-vous à la page de 
-manuel de \fBnanorc(5)\fR et au fichier d'exemple \fInanorc.sample\fR, 
-qui devraient tous les deux être livrés avec \fBnano\fR.
-
-.SH NOTES
-Si aucun correcteur orthographique de remplacement n'est indiqué dans la 
-ligne de commande ou dans l'un des fichiers nanorc, \fBnano\fR prendra 
-la commande indiquée par la variable d'environnement \fBSPELL\fR si 
-elle est définie.
-
-Dans certains cas, \fBnano\fR essaiera de sauvegarder le fichier en cours
-d'édition dans un fichier de secours. Cela arrivera principalement si
-\fBnano\fR reçoit un signal SIGHUP ou SIGTERM, ou bien se trouve à court de
-mémoire. Le nom de ce fichier de secours sera \fInano.save\fR si le fichier en
-cours n'avait pas encore de nom, ou sera composé du nom du fichier en cours
-suivi du suffixe «\ .save\ ». Si un fichier de ce nom existe déjà dans
-le répertoire, un «\ .save\ » et un nombre seront ajoutés à la fin du
-nom du fichier en cours afin de le rendre unique (par exemple,
-«\ .save.1\ »). En mode multi-espace, \fBnano\fR réalisera une
-sauvegarde de tous les fichiers en cours dans leurs fichiers de secours
-respectifs.
-
-.SH BOGUES
-Merci de nous faire parvenir vos commentaires et de nous signaler les
-bogues, en écrivant, en anglais, à \fBnano@nano-editor.org\fR.
-
-La liste de discussion anglophone \fBnano\fR est disponible à l'adresse
-\fBnano-devel@gnu.org\fR.
-
-Pour vous abonner, envoyez un courrier électronique à
-\fBnano-devel-request@gnu.org\fR, ayant pour objet «\ subscribe\ ».
-
-N'hésitez pas également à envoyez vos commentaires, suggestions et 
-corrections relatives à l'adaptation française de cette page de manuel 
-ou du logiciel à \fBjean-philippe.guerard@tigreraye.org\fR.
-
-.SH "SITE INTERNET"
-http://www.nano-editor.org/
-
-.SH "VOIR AUSSI"
-.PD 0
-.TP
-\fBnanorc\fR(5)
-.PP
-\fI/usr/share/doc/nano/\fR (ou son équivalent sur votre système)
-
-.SH AUTEUR
-Chris Allegretta <chrisa@asty.org> et d'autres (voir les fichiers 
-\fIAUTHORS\fR et \fITHANKS\fR pour plus d'information). Cette page de 
-manuel a été initialement rédigée par Jordi Mallach <jordi@gnu.org> pour 
-le système Debian (mais elle peut être utilisée par d'autres).
-
-.SH TRADUCTION
-Cette adaptation française a été réalisée par Jean-Philippe\ Guérard 
-<jean-philippe.guerard@tigreraye.org> le 29\ novembre\ 2007 à partir 
-de la version 1.54 du 11\ octobre\ 2007 de la page de manuel de nano 
-2.0.0. Cette page a été relue par Gérard Delafond.
-
-Un maximum de soin a été apporté lors de l'élaboration de cette
-traduction\ ; néanmoins, quelques imperfections peuvent subsister. Si
-vous en rencontrez, que ce soit dans la version française ou dans la
-version originale, n'hésitez pas à les signaler à l'auteur ou au
-traducteur.
-
-La version originale la plus à jour de ce document est toujours 
-consultable via la commande\ :
-
-LANGUAGE=en man nano

doc/man/fr/nanorc.5

@@ -1,374 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
-.\" Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.\"
-.\" Le travail d'adaptation française de cette page de manuel a été
-.\" réalisé par Jean-Philippe Guérard, en 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 et 2007.
-.\" Ce travail d'adaptation est dans le domaine public. Attention, la
-.\" page traduite reste soumise au droit d'auteur de ses auteurs
-.\" originaux.
-.\"
-.\" The French translation of this document is a public domain work of
-.\" Jean-Philippe Guérard. This translation work was made in 2003, 2004,
-.\" 2005, 2006 and 2007. The translated man page in itself is still
-.\" subject to the copyright of its original authors.
-.\"
-.\" This document is dual-licensed.  You may distribute and/or modify it
-.\" under the terms of either of the following licenses:
-.\"
-.\" * The GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
-.\"   Foundation, version 3 or (at your option) any later version.  You
-.\"   should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-.\"   along with this program.  If not, see
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" * The GNU Free Documentation License, as published by the Free
-.\"   Software Foundation, version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
-.\"   version, with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no
-.\"   Back-Cover Texts.  You should have received a copy of the GNU Free
-.\"   Documentation License along with this program.  If not, see
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" Ce document est publié sous une double licence. Vous pouvez
-.\" le distribuer et le modifier selon les termes de l'une des deux
-.\" licences ci-dessous :
-.\"
-.\" * La Licence publique générale GNU (GNU GPL) version 3 ou, à
-.\"   votre choix, supérieure, telle que publiée par la Free
-.\"   Software Foundation. Vous devriez avoir reçu une copie de la
-.\"   Licence publique générale GNU avec ce programme. Si ce n'est 
-.\"   pas le cas, consultez <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" * La Licence de documentation libre GNU (GNU FDL), version 1.2 
-.\"   ou, à votre choix, supérieure, telle que publiée par la Free
-.\"   Software Foundation, sans section invariante, ni texte de
-.\"   première ou de quatrième de couverture. Vous devriez avoir reçu
-.\"   une copie de la Licence de documentation libre GNU avec ce
-.\"   programme. Si ce n'est pas le cas, consultez
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.TH NANORC 5 "version 2.0.0" "29\ novembre\ 2007"
-.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
-.\" Merci de modifier ces dates à chaque mise à jour de cette page.
-
-.SH NOM
-nanorc \- fichier de configuration de l'éditeur nano du projet GNU 
-
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Cette page de manuel décrit brièvement le fichier de configuration de 
-l'éditeur \fBnano\fP GNU.
-.PP
-\fBnano\fP est un petit éditeur sympathique et libre, qui vise à 
-remplacer Pico, l'éditeur par défaut du logiciel non libre Pine. 
-\fBnano\fP ne se contentant pas de copier l'interface et l'ergonomie de 
-Pico, il offre également certaines fonctionnalités manquantes (ou 
-désactivées par défaut) de Pico. Ces fonctionnalités sont, par exemple, 
-les fonctions de recherche et de remplacement et la possibilité de 
-sauter directement à une ligne et à une colonne précise.
-.PP
-Le fichier \fInanorc\fP contient les paramètres par défaut de 
-\fBnano\fP. Il ne doit pas être au format DOS ou Mac. Lors de son 
-démarrage, nano commencera par lire le fichier de configuration général 
-\fISYSCONFDIR/nanorc\fP, puis lira le fichier de configuration personnel 
-de l'utilisateur \fI~/.nanorc\fP.
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-Le fichier de configuration accepte une série de commandes \fBset\fP 
-(activer) et \fBunset\fP (désactiver), qui permettent de définir le 
-paramétrage de nano au démarrage sans avoir à utiliser d'options de
-ligne de commande. De plus, les mots clefs \fBsyntax\fP (syntaxe),
-\fBcolor\fP (couleur) et \fBicolor\fP (couleur insensible à la casse) 
-sont utilisés pour définir les règles de colorisation pour différents 
-motifs de texte. \fBnano\fP lit une commande par ligne.
-
-Les options du fichier de configuration ont priorité sur les valeurs par 
-défaut utilisées par nano. Les options de la ligne de commande sont 
-prioritaires par rapport aux options du fichier de configuration. Les 
-options sont désactivées (unset) par défaut, sauf les options prenant un 
-argument.
-
-Les apostrophes («\ \fI'\fP\ ») et les guillemets droits («\ \fI"\fP\ »)
-présents dans des chaînes de caractères utilisées comme paramètres n'ont 
-pas besoin d'être précédées d'une barre oblique inversée
-(«\ \fI\\\fP\ »). La chaîne sera terminée par le dernier guillemet 
-droit. Par exemple, pour l'option \fBbrackets\fP, "\fI"')>]}\fP" 
-correspondra à \fI"\fP, \fI'\fP, \fI)\fP, \fI>\fP, \fI]\fP et \fI}\fP.
-
-Les commandes et arguments reconnus sont\ :
-
-.TP 3
-.B set/unset autoindent
-Active l'indentation automatique.
-.TP
-.B set/unset backup
-Crée des copies de sécurité nommées
-.IR nom_du_fichier~ .
-.TP
-.B set backupdir "\fIrépertoire\fP"
-Définit le répertoire utilisé par \fBnano\fP pour enregistrer les copies 
-de sécurité uniques, si l'enregistrement de copies de sécurité est 
-activé.
-.TP
-.B set/unset backwards
-Par défaut, les recherches se font vers l'arrière.
-.TP
-.B set/unset boldtext
-Utilise des caractères gras à la place de la vidéo inverse.
-.TP
-.B set brackets "\fIchaîne\fP"
-Définit les caractères considérés comme des crochets fermants lors de la 
-justification des paragraphes. Ces caractères ne doivent pas contenir 
-d'espaces. Seules les ponctuations terminales, éventuellement suivies 
-de crochets fermants, peuvent terminer une phrase.
-
-La valeur par défaut de cette option est\ : "\fI"')>]}\fP".
-
-N.D.T.\ : reportez-vous au paragraphe sur l'option \fBpunct\fR pour 
-plus d'informations.
-
-.TP
-.B set/unset casesensitive
-Par défaut, les recherches ne tiennent pas compte de la casse.
-.TP
-.B set/unset const
-Affiche en permanence la position du curseur dans la ligne d'état.
-.TP
-.B set/unset cut
-Par défaut, coupe le texte du curseur à la fin de la ligne, au lieu de 
-couper la ligne entière.
-.TP
-.B set fill \fIn\fP
-Passe automatiquement à la ligne une fois arrivé à la colonne 
-\fIn\fR. Si la valeur indiquée est de 0 ou moins, le point de passage à 
-la ligne aura lieu à la taille de l'écran moins \fIn\fR. Cela permet de 
-faire varier le point de passage à la ligne lorsque l'on change la 
-taille de l'écran. La valeur par défaut est de \-8.
-.TP
-.B set/unset historylog
-Active l'utilisation de
-.I ~/.nano_history
-pour enregistrer et relire les chaînes ayant fait l'objet d'une 
-recherche ou d'un remplacement.
-.TP
-.B set matchbrackets "\fIchaîne\fP"
-Définit les crochets ouvrants et fermant pour la recherche de crochets 
-correspondants. Cette liste ne doit pas contenir de blancs. L'ensemble 
-des crochets ouvrants doit être indiqué en premier, suivi de l'ensemble 
-des crochets fermant, qui doit être dans le même ordre. La valeur par 
-défaut de cette option est "\fI(<[{)>]}\fP".
-.TP
-.B set/unset morespace
-Utiliser la ligne blanche située sous la ligne de titre comme espace 
-supplémentaire d'édition.
-.TP
-.B set/unset mouse
-Active l'utilisation de la souris, si elle est disponible pour votre
-système. Lorsque celle-ci est activée, il est possible d'utiliser la
-souris pour positionner le curseur, pour marquer le texte (avec un
-double-clic) et pour lancer les fonctions correspondant aux raccourcis.
-Il est possible d'utiliser la souris sous X\ Window ou en mode console
-avec gpm.
-.TP
-.B set/unset multibuffer
-Mode multi-espace\ : permet de charger les fichiers dans leur propre 
-espace.
-.TP
-.B set/unset noconvert
-Pas de conversion depuis les formats DOS et Mac.
-.TP
-.B set/unset nofollow
-Ne suit pas les liens symboliques lors de l'écriture des fichiers.
-.TP
-.B set/unset nohelp
-Désactive les lignes d'aide affichée en bas de l'écran.
-.TP
-.B set/unset nonewlines
-Ne pas ajouter de passage à la ligne à la fin des fichiers.
-.TP
-.B set/unset nowrap
-Désactive le passage automatique à la ligne.
-.TP
-.B set operatingdir "\fIrépertoire\fP"
-\fBnano\fP ne lira et n'écrira des fichiers qu'à l'intérieur du 
-\fIrépertoire\fP et de ses sous-répertoires. De plus, celui-ci devient 
-le répertoire courant, afin que les fichiers soient lus depuis ce 
-répertoire. Par défaut, cette fonction est désactivée.
-.TP
-.B set/unset preserve
-Préserve les séquences XON et XOFF (^Q et ^S).
-.TP
-.B set punct "\fIchaîne\fP"
-Définit les caractères interprétés comme des ponctuations terminales 
-lors de la justification des paragraphes. Ces caractères ne peuvent 
-inclure de blancs. Seules les ponctuations terminales, éventuellement 
-suivies de crochets fermants, peuvent terminer une phrase. La valeur par 
-défaut de cette option est "\fI!.?\fP".
-
-N.D.T.\ : ce réglage permet, lors de la justification, de conserver
-2\ espaces au lieu d'une derrière les ponctuations terminales, ce qui 
-correspond aux normes typographiques anglo-saxonnes, mais n'a pas lieu 
-d'être en français. Pour le français, le plus simple est d'indiquer, 
-dans le fichier nanorc, une chaîne vide pour ce paramètre.
-.TP
-.B set/unset quickblank
-Effacement rapide de la ligne d'état. Les messages affichés par la ligne
-d'état disparaîtront après une frappe clavier au lieu de 25.
-.TP
-.B set quotestr "\fIchaîne\fP"
-Définit le préfixe par défaut utilisé pour les citations dans les 
-courriers électroniques. Ce préfixe est utilisé pour réaliser une 
-justification correcte de ces citations. Il s'agira, si votre système le 
-permet, d'une expression rationnelle étendue. Dans le cas 
-contraire, il s'agira d'une chaîne de texte brut. Si vous disposez des 
-expressions rationnelles, la valeur par défaut de cette option sera 
-"\fI^([\ \\t]*[#:>\\|}])+\fP", sinon, ce sera ">\ ". Notez que le
-«\ \\t\ » ci-dessus correspond à un caractère de tabulation.
-.TP
-.B set/unset rebinddelete
-Interprète différemment la touche «\ Supprimer\ », afin que les touches 
-«\ Effacement arrière\ » et «\ Supprimer\ » fonctionnent correctement. 
-Vous ne devriez avoir besoin de cette option que si, sur votre système, 
-la touche «\ Effacement arrière\ » produit l'effet de la touche «\ 
-Supprimer\ ».
-.TP
-.B set/unset rebindkeypad
-Interprète les touches du pavé numérique afin qu'elles fonctionnent 
-toutes correctement. Vous ne devriez utiliser cette option que si ce 
-n'est pas le cas, car nano ne sera plus capable d'utiliser la souris 
-correctement lorsque cette option sera activée.
-.TP
-.B set/unset regexp
-Utilise par défaut des expressions rationnelles étendues pour les 
-recherches.
-.TP
-.B set/unset smarthome
-Rend plus malin le fonctionnement de la touche «\ Début\ ». Lorsque
-cette touche est pressée à n'importe quel endroit excepté au tout début
-du texte d'une ligne (i.\ e. au premier caractère non blanc), le curseur
-se positionnera au début du texte de la ligne (qu'il soit en avant ou en 
-arrière). Si le curseur est déjà là, il se placera au vrai début de la 
-ligne.
-.TP
-.B set/unset smooth
-Active le défilement ligne-par-ligne du texte.
-.TP
-.B set speller "\fIprogramme\fP"
-Utilise le correcteur orthographique \fIprogramme\fP au lieu du 
-correcteur intégré, qui s'appuie sur \fIspell\fP.
-.TP
-.B set/unset suspend
-Autorise à suspendre \fBnano\fP.
-.TP
-.B set tabsize \fIn\fP
-Utilise une taille de tabulation de \fIn\fP colonnes. Cette valeur doit 
-être strictement supérieure à 0. La valeur par défaut est de\ 8.
-.TP
-.B set/unset tabstospaces
-Convertit les tabulations clavier en espaces.
-.TP
-.B set/unset tempfile
-S'il a été modifié, le fichier sera sauvegardé automatiquement en 
-quittant, sans demande de confirmation.
-.TP
-.B set/unset view
-Interdit de modifier les fichiers.
-.TP
-.B set whitespace "\fIchaîne\fP"
-Définit les deux caractères utilisés pour afficher les premiers 
-caractères des tabulations et des espaces. Ces deux caractères doivent 
-être mono-colonne.
-.TP
-.B set/unset wordbounds
-Détection plus précise des limites de mots, obtenue en considérant les
-caractères de ponctuation comme faisant partie des mots.
-.TP
-.B syntax "\fIchaîne\fP" ["\fImotif_de_fichier\fP" ... ]
-Définit une syntaxe nommée \fIchaîne\fP qui pourra être activé via 
-l'option \fB-Y\fP (ou \fB--syntax\fP) ou qui sera automatiquement 
-activée si le nom du fichier en cours correspond à l'expression 
-rationnelle étendue \fImotif_de_fichier\fP. Toutes les instructions 
-suivantes de colorisation \fBcolor\fP ou \fBicolor\fP s'appliqueront à 
-cette syntaxe, jusqu'à la définition d'une nouvelle syntaxe.
-
-La syntaxe nommée \fInone\fP (aucune) est réservée\ ; si elle est 
-indiquée dans la ligne de commande, cela revient à ne définir aucune 
-syntaxe. La syntaxe nommée \fIdefault\fP (par défaut) est spéciale, elle 
-ne nécessite aucun motif de \fImotif_de_fichier\fP, et s'applique aux 
-fichiers ne correspondant à aucun des \fImotif_de_fichier\fP des autres 
-syntaxes.
-.TP
-.B color \fIcouleur_texte\fP[,\fIcouleur_fond\fP] "\fImotif\fP" ...
-Pour la syntaxe en cours, affiche toutes les expressions correspondant à 
-l'expression rationnelle étendue \fImotif\fP en utilisant la couleur de 
-texte \fIcouleur_texte\fP et la couleur de fond \fIcouleur_fond\fP, 
-l'une de ces deux couleurs au moins devant être définie. Les couleurs 
-acceptées par \fBnano\fP pour le texte et le fond sont\ : \fIwhite\fP 
-(blanc), \fIblack\fP (noir), \fIred\fP (rouge), \fIblue\fP (bleu), 
-\fIgreen\fP (vert), \fIyellow\fP (jaune), \fImagenta\fP, et \fIcyan\fP. 
-Pour la couleur du texte, vous pouvez ajouter à ces couleurs le préfixe 
-\fIbright\fP (lumineux) pour obtenir une couleur plus lumineuse. Si 
-votre terminal est capable de gérer la transparence, ne pas spécifier de 
-\fIcouleur_fond\fP indique à \fBnano\fP d'essayer d'utiliser un fond 
-transparent.
-.TP
-.B icolor \fIcouleur_texte\fP[,\fIcouleur_fond\fP] "\fImotif\fP" ...
-Comme ci-dessus, mais la recherche des motifs est effectuée sans tenir 
-compte de la casse.
-.TP
-.B color \fIcouleur_texte\fP[,\fIcouleur_fond\fP] start="\fImotif_début\fP" end="\fImotif_fin\fP"
-Affiche les expressions commençant par l'expression rationnelle étendue 
-\fImotif_début\fP et se terminant par l'expression rationnelle étendue 
-\fImotif_fin\fP en utilisant la couleur de texte \fIcouleur_texte\fP 
-et la couleur de fond \fIcouleur_fond\fP, l'une de ces deux couleurs au 
-moins devant être définie. Cela permet à la colorisation syntaxique de 
-s'étendre sur plusieurs lignes. Notez que toutes les occurrences 
-successives de \fImotif_début\fP après le \fImotif_début\fP initial 
-seront surlignées jusqu'à la prochaine instance de \fImotif_fin\fP.
-.TP
-.B icolor \fIcouleur_texte\fP[,\fIcouleur_fond\fP] start="\fImotif_début\fP" end="\fImotif_fin\fP"
-Comme ci-dessus, mais la recherche des motifs est effectuée sans tenir 
-compte de la casse.
-.TP
-.B include "\fIfichier_de_syntaxes\fP"
-Lit le fichier \fIfichier_de_syntaxes\fP contenant une liste 
-autosuffisante de définitions de syntaxes. Ce fichier ne doit contenir 
-que des commandes \fBsyntax\fP, \fBcolor\fP et \fBicolor\fP.
-
-.SH FICHIERS
-.TP
-.I $SYSCONFDIR/nanorc
-Fichier de configuration général
-.TP
-.I ~/.nanorc
-Fichier de configuration personnel
-
-.SH VOIR AUSSI
-.PD 0
-.TP
-\fBnano\fP(1)
-.PP
-\fI/usr/share/doc/nano/examples/nanorc.sample\fP (ou son équivalent sur 
-votre système)
-
-.SH AUTEUR
-Chris Allegretta <chrisa@asty.org> et d'autres (voir les fichiers
-\fIAUTHORS\fP et \fITHANKS\fP pour plus d'information). Cette page de
-manuel a été initialement rédigée par Jordi Mallach <jordi@gnu.org> pour
-le système Debian (mais elle peut être utilisée par d'autres).
-
-.SH TRADUCTION
-Cette adaptation française a été réalisée par Jean-Philippe\ Guérard
-<jean-philippe.guerard@tigreraye.org> le 29\ novembre\ 2007 à partir de
-la version 1.56 du 11\ octobre\ 2007 de la page de manuel de nanorc 
-(pour la version 2.0.0 de nano). Cette page a été relue par Gérard 
-Delafond.
-
-Un maximum de soin a été apporté lors de l'élaboration de cette
-traduction\ ; néanmoins, quelques imperfections peuvent subsister. Si
-vous en rencontrez, que ce soit dans la version française ou dans la
-version originale, n'hésitez pas à les signaler à l'auteur ou au
-traducteur.
-
-La version originale la plus à jour de ce document est toujours 
-consultable via la commande\ :
-
-LANGUAGE=en man nano

doc/man/fr/rnano.1

@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.\" Skeleton based on nano-tiny.1:
-.\" Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.\"
-.\" Le travail d'adaptation française de cette page de manuel a été
-.\" réalisé par Jean-Philippe Guérard, en 2006 et 2007. Ce travail
-.\" d'adaptation est dans le domaine public. Attention, la page traduite
-.\" reste soumise au droit d'auteur de ses auteurs originaux.
-.\"
-.\" The French translation of this document is a public domain work of
-.\" Jean-Philippe Guérard. This translation work was made in 2006 and
-.\" 2007. The translated man page in itself is still subject to the
-.\" copyright of its original authors.
-.\"
-.\" This document is dual-licensed.  You may distribute and/or modify it
-.\" under the terms of either of the following licenses:
-.\"
-.\" * The GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
-.\"   Foundation, version 3 or (at your option) any later version.  You
-.\"   should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-.\"   along with this program.  If not, see
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" * The GNU Free Documentation License, as published by the Free
-.\"   Software Foundation, version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
-.\"   version, with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no
-.\"   Back-Cover Texts.  You should have received a copy of the GNU Free
-.\"   Documentation License along with this program.  If not, see
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" Ce document est publié sous une double licence. Vous pouvez
-.\" le distribuer et le modifier selon les termes de l'une des deux
-.\" licences ci-dessous :
-.\"
-.\" * La Licence publique générale GNU (GNU GPL) version 3 ou, à
-.\"   votre choix, supérieure, telle que publiée par la Free
-.\"   Software Foundation. Vous devriez avoir reçu une copie de la
-.\"   Licence publique générale GNU avec ce programme. Si ce n'est pas
-.\"   le cas, consultez <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" * La Licence de documentation libre GNU (GNU FDL), version 1.2 ou,
-.\"   à votre choix, supérieure, telle que publiée par la Free
-.\"   Software Foundation, sans section invariante, ni texte de
-.\"   première ou de quatrième de couverture. Vous devriez avoir reçu
-.\"   une copie de la Licence de documentation libre GNU avec ce
-.\"   programme. Si ce n'est pas le cas, consultez
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.TH RNANO 1 "version 2.0.0" "29\ novembre\ 20O7"
-.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
-.\" Merci de modifier ces dates à chaque mise à jour de cette page.
-.\"
-.SH NOM
-rnano \- Le mode restreint de NAno un NOuvel éditeur, un clone libre et 
-amélioré de Pico
-
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B rnano
-.I [OPTIONS]\ [[+LIGNE,COLONNE]\ FICHIER]...
-.br
-
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Cette page de manuel décrit brièvement la commande \fBrnano\fR.
-.PP
-.\" TeX users may be more comfortable with the \fB<whatever>\fP and
-.\" \fI<whatever>\fP escape sequences to invoke bold face and italics, 
-.\" respectively.
-\fBnano\fR est un éditeur petit, sympathique et libre, qui vise à 
-remplacer Pico, l'éditeur par défaut du logiciel non libre Pine. 
-\fBnano\fR ne se contentant pas de copier l'interface et l'ergonomie de 
-Pico, il offre également certaines fonctions manquantes (ou désactivées 
-par défaut) dans Pico. Ces fonctionnalités sont, par exemple, les 
-fonctions de recherche et de remplacement, et la possibilité de sauter 
-directement à une ligne et à une colonne précise..
-.PP
-\fBrnano\fP est une version de \fBnano\fP fonctionnant en mode 
-restreint, qui ne permet d'éditer que les fichiers indiqués et qui 
-n'autorise pas l'utilisateur à accéder au système de fichier ou à un 
-interpréteur de commandes.
-.PP
-En mode restreint, \fBnano\fP refusera\ :
-.IP \[bu] 2
-de lire ou d'écrire dans un fichier n'ayant pas été indiqué dans la 
-ligne de commande\ ;
-.IP \[bu]
-de lire un fichier nanorc\ ;
-.IP \[bu]
-de permettre de suspendre l'édition\ ;
-.IP \[bu]
-de permettre d'ajouter en début ou en fin d'un fichier, ou de 
-l'enregistrer sous un nom différent\ ;
-.IP \[bu]
-l'utilisation de copies de sécurité ou de la correction orthographique.
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.B +\fILIGNE\fP,\fICOLONNE\fP
-Démarre avec le curseur positionné à la colonne \fICOLONNE\fP de
-la ligne \fILIGNE\fR (l'un des deux, au moins, devant être spécifié) au
-lieu de démarrer à la colonne\ 1, ligne\ 1.
-.TP
-.B \-?
-Identique à \fB\-h (\-\-help)\fP.
-.TP
-.B \-h (\-\-help)
-Affiche un résumé des options de lancement de nano, puis s'arrête.
-.TP
-.B \-V (\-\-version)
-Affiche la version, puis s'arrête.
-.PP
-Reportez-vous à la page de manuel \fBnano\fP(1) si vous souhaitez 
-consulter la documentation complète de \fBnano\fP.
-
-.SH BOGUES
-Merci de nous faire parvenir vos commentaires et de nous signaler les
-bogues, en écrivant, en anglais, à \fBnano@nano-editor.org\fR.
-
-La liste de discussion anglophone \fBnano\fR est disponible à l'adresse
-\fBnano-devel@gnu.org\fR.
-
-Pour vous abonner, envoyez un courrier électronique à
-\fBnano-devel-request@gnu.org\fR, ayant pour objet «\ subscribe\ ».
-
-N'hésitez pas également à envoyez vos commentaires, suggestions et
-corrections relatives à l'adaptation française de cette page de manuel
-ou du logiciel à \fBjean-philippe.guerard@tigreraye.org\fR.
-
-.SH "SITE INTERNET"
-http://www.nano-editor.org/
-
-.SH AUTEUR
-Chris Allegretta <chrisa@asty.org> et d'autres (voir le fichier
-\fIAUTHORS\fR). Cette page de manuel a été initialement rédigée par 
-Thijs Kinkhorst <thijs@kinkhorst.com>, pour le système GNU Debian (mais 
-elle peut être utilisée par d'autres).
-
-.SH TRADUCTION
-Cette adaptation française a été réalisée par Jean-Philippe\ Guérard
-<jean-philippe.guerard@tigreraye.org> le 29\ novembre\ 2007 à partir
-de la version 1.19 du 6\ novembre\ 2007 de la page de manuel de rnano 
-(pour la version 2.0.0 de nano).
-
-Un maximum de soin a été apporté lors de l'élaboration de cette
-traduction\ ; néanmoins, quelques imperfections peuvent subsister. Si
-vous en rencontrez, que ce soit dans la version française ou dans la
-version originale, n'hésitez pas à les signaler à l'auteur ou au
-traducteur.
-
-La version originale la plus à jour de ce document est toujours
-consultable via la commande\ :
-
-LANGUAGE=en man nano

doc/nano.1

@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 .\"   Documentation License along with this program.  If not, see
 .\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 .\"
-.TH NANO 1 "version 2.7.3" "December 2016"
+.TH NANO 1 "version 2.8.0" "March 2017"
 .\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
 
 .SH NAME
@@ -34,6 +34,13 @@ top of copying Pico's look and feel, \fBnano\fP also implements some
 missing (or disabled by default) features in Pico, such as "search and
 replace" and "go to line and column number".
 
+When opening a file, the cursor can be put on a specific line by adding
+the line number with a plus sign (\fB+\fR) before the filename, and even
+in a specific column by adding it with a comma.
+
+If the first file specified is a dash (\fB\-\fR), \fBnano\fR will read
+data from standard input.
+
 .SH EDITING
 Entering text and moving around in a file is straightforward: typing the
 letters and using the normal cursor movement keys.  Commands are entered
@@ -61,11 +68,6 @@ The default key bindings can be changed via the .nanorc file -- see
 
 .SH OPTIONS
 .TP
-.B +\fIline\fP,\fIcolumn\fP
-Places the cursor on line number \fIline\fP and at column number \fIcolumn\fP
-(at least one of which must be specified) on startup, instead of the
-default line 1, column 1.
-.TP
 .BR \-A ", " \-\-smarthome
 Make the Home key smarter.  When Home is pressed anywhere but at the
 very beginning of non-whitespace characters on a line, the cursor will

doc/nano.texi

@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@
 
 @smallbook
 @set EDITION 0.4
-@set VERSION 2.7.3
-@set UPDATED December 2016
+@set VERSION 2.8.0
+@set UPDATED March 2017
 
 @dircategory Editors
 @direntry
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 @titlepage
 @title GNU @code{nano}
 @subtitle a small and friendly text editor.
-@subtitle version 2.7.3
+@subtitle version 2.8.0
 
 @author Chris Allegretta
 @page
@@ -97,21 +97,24 @@ The usual way to invoke @code{nano} is:
 @code{nano [FILE]}
 @end quotation
 
-But it is also possible to specify one or more options, and to edit
-several files in a row.  Additionally, the cursor can be put on a
-specific line of a file by adding the line number
+But it is also possible to specify one or more options (see the next
+section), and to edit several files in a row.  Additionally, the cursor
+can be put on a specific line of a file by adding the line number
 with a plus sign before the filename, and even in a specific column by
-adding it with a comma.  So the complete command synopsis is:
+adding it with a comma.  So a more complete command synopsis is:
 
 @quotation
 @code{nano [OPTION]@dots{} [[+LINE[,COLUMN]|+,COLUMN] FILE]@dots{}}
 @end quotation
 
-But normallly you would set your preferred options in your
-@file{.nanorc} file.  And when the @code{positionlog} option is set
+Normally, however, you set your preferred options in a @file{.nanorc}
+file (see @xref{Nanorc Files}).  And when using @code{set positionlog}
 (making @code{nano} remember the cursor position when you close a file),
 you will rarely need to specify a line number.
 
+As a special case: when the first file specified is a dash, @code{nano}
+will read data from standard input.  Which means you can pipe the output
+of a command straight into a buffer.
 
 @node Command-line Options
 @chapter Command-line Options
@@ -120,10 +123,6 @@ you will rarely need to specify a line number.
 
 @table @option
 
-@item +@var{line},@var{column}
-Start at line number @var{line} and column number @var{column} (at least one of
-which must be specified) instead of the default of line 1, column 1.
-
 @item -A
 @itemx --smarthome
 Make the Home key smarter.  When Home is pressed anywhere but at the
@@ -744,6 +743,10 @@ Don't convert files from DOS/Mac format.
 @item set nohelp
 Don't display the help lists at the bottom of the screen.
 
+@item set nopauses
+Don't pause between warnings at startup.  This means that only
+the last one will be visible (when there are multiple ones).
+
 @item set nonewlines
 Don't add newlines to the ends of files.
 
@@ -1392,7 +1395,7 @@ browser exits.
 @chapter Pico Compatibility
 
 @code{nano} attempts to emulate Pico as closely as possible, but there
-are certain differences between the editors:
+are some differences between the editors:
 
 @table @code
 
@@ -1406,12 +1409,29 @@ ask any more), or Cancel (stop with replacing).
 @item Search and Replace History
 When the option @code{-H} or @code{--historylog} is given (or set in
 the .nanorc file), text entered as search or replace strings is stored.
-These strings can be accessed with the up/down arrow keys.  A retrieved
-string can subsequently be edited.
+These strings can be accessed with the up/down arrow keys, or you can
+type the first few characters and then use Tab to cycle through the
+matching strings.  A retrieved string can subsequently be edited.
 
-@item Writing, Appending, or Prepending Selected Text to Files
-Text selected using the marking key (^^) can be written out, appended,
-or prepended to a new or existing file using the WriteOut key (^O).
+@item Position History
+When the option @code{-P} or @code{--positionlog} is given (or set in
+the .nanorc file), @code{nano} will store the position of the cursor
+when you close a file, and will place the cursor in that position
+again when you later reopen the file.
+
+@item Writing Selected Text to Files
+When using the Write-Out key (^O), text that has been selected using the
+marking key (^^) can not just be written out to a new (or existing) file,
+it can also be appended or prepended to an existing file.
+
+@item Reading Text from a Command
+When using the Read-File key (^R), @code{nano} can not just read a file,
+it can also read the output of a command to be run (^X).
+
+@item File Browser
+In the file browser, @code{nano} does not implement the Add, Copy,
+Rename, and Delete commands that Pico provides.  In @code{nano} the
+browser is just a file browser, not a file manager.
 
 @item Toggles
 Many options which alter the functionality of the program can be

doc/nanorc.5

@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 .\"   Documentation License along with this program.  If not, see
 .\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 .\"
-.TH NANORC 5 "version 2.7.3" "December 2016"
+.TH NANORC 5 "version 2.8.0" "March 2017"
 .\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
 
 .SH NAME
@@ -151,6 +151,10 @@ Don't display the two help lines at the bottom of the screen.
 .B set nonewlines
 Don't automatically add a newline to the ends of files.
 .TP
+.B set nopauses
+Don't pause between warnings at startup.  This means that only
+the last one will be visible (when there are multiple ones).
+.TP
 .B set nowrap
 Don't hard-wrap text at all.
 .TP

doc/rnano.1

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 .\"   Documentation License along with this program.  If not, see
 .\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 .\"
-.TH RNANO 1 "version 2.7.3" "December 2016"
+.TH RNANO 1 "version 2.8.0" "March 2017"
 .\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
 
 .SH NAME

doc/sample.nanorc.in

@@ -95,6 +95,10 @@
 ## Don't display the helpful shortcut lists at the bottom of the screen.
 # set nohelp
 
+## Don't pause between warnings at startup.  Which means that only the
+## last one will be readable (when there are multiple ones).
+# set nopauses
+
 ## Don't add newlines to the ends of files.
 # set nonewlines
 
@@ -198,10 +202,16 @@
 ## Paint the interface elements of nano.
 ## These are examples; by default there are no colors.
 # set titlecolor brightwhite,blue
-# set numbercolor cyan
 # set statuscolor brightwhite,green
-# set keycolor green
-# set functioncolor yellow
+# set numbercolor cyan
+# set keycolor cyan
+# set functioncolor green
+## In root's .nanorc you might want to use:
+# set titlecolor brightwhite,red
+# set statuscolor brightwhite,red
+# set numbercolor magenta
+# set keycolor brightmagenta
+# set functioncolor magenta
 
 
 ## Setup of syntax coloring.

doc/syntax/html.nanorc

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-## Here is a short example for HTML.
-
-syntax "html" "\.html?$"
-magic "HTML document text"
-comment "<!--|-->"
-
-color cyan start="<" end=">"
-color red "&[^;[:space:]]*;"
-color green ""(\\.|[^"])*""
-
-color yellow start="<!--" end="-->"

doc/texinfo/.gitignore

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-texinfo.tex
-nano.html
-nano.info

doc/texinfo/Makefile.am

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-info_TEXINFOS = nano.texi
-
-MAKEINFO = makeinfo --no-split
-
-BUILT_SOURCES = nano.html
-
-nano.html: nano.texi
-	makeinfo --no-split --html < $< > $@
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(info_TEXINFOS) $(BUILT_SOURCES)

m4/Makefile.am

@@ -1,5 +1,36 @@
-EXTRA_DIST = ac_define_dir.m4 codeset.m4 gettext.m4 glib-2.0.m4 \
-		glibc21.m4 iconv.m4 intdiv0.m4 inttypes_h.m4 \
-		inttypes.m4 inttypes-pri.m4 isc-posix.m4 lcmessage.m4 \
-		lib-ld.m4 lib-link.m4 lib-prefix.m4 progtest.m4 \
-		stdint_h.m4 uintmax_t.m4 ulonglong.m4
+EXTRA_DIST = \
+	ac_define_dir.m4 \
+	ax_check_compile_flag.m4 \
+	codeset.m4 \
+	extern-inline.m4 \
+	fcntl-o.m4 \
+	gettext.m4 \
+	glibc21.m4 \
+	glibc2.m4 \
+	gnulib-cache.m4 \
+	iconv.m4 \
+	intdiv0.m4 \
+	intldir.m4 \
+	intl.m4 \
+	intlmacosx.m4 \
+	intmax.m4 \
+	inttypes_h.m4 \
+	inttypes-pri.m4 \
+	lcmessage.m4 \
+	lib-ld.m4 \
+	lib-link.m4 \
+	lib-prefix.m4 \
+	lock.m4 \
+	longlong.m4 \
+	nls.m4 \
+	po.m4 \
+	printf-posix.m4 \
+	progtest.m4 \
+	size_max.m4 \
+	stdint_h.m4 \
+	threadlib.m4 \
+	uintmax_t.m4 \
+	visibility.m4 \
+	wchar_t.m4 \
+	wint_t.m4 \
+	xsize.m4

m4/codeset.m4

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-# codeset.m4 serial AM1 (gettext-0.10.40)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_LANGINFO_CODESET],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for nl_langinfo and CODESET], am_cv_langinfo_codeset,
-    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <langinfo.h>],
-      [char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET);],
-      am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes,
-      am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no)
-    ])
-  if test $am_cv_langinfo_codeset = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET, 1,
-      [Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET).])
-  fi
-])

m4/gettext.m4

@@ -1,587 +0,0 @@
-# gettext.m4 serial 17 (gettext-0.11.5)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-dnl
-dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
-dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
-dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
-dnl functionality.
-dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
-dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
-dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
-dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
-
-dnl Authors:
-dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
-dnl   Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2002.
-
-dnl Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
-
-dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT([INTLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [INTLDIR]).
-dnl INTLSYMBOL can be one of 'external', 'no-libtool', 'use-libtool'. The
-dnl    default (if it is not specified or empty) is 'no-libtool'.
-dnl    INTLSYMBOL should be 'external' for packages with no intl directory,
-dnl    and 'no-libtool' or 'use-libtool' for packages with an intl directory.
-dnl    If INTLSYMBOL is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library
-dnl    $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static,
-dnl    depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of
-dnl    AM-DISABLE-SHARED). If INTLSYMBOL is 'no-libtool', a static library
-dnl    $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created.
-dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext
-dnl    implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function
-dnl    will be ignored.  If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is
-dnl    'need-formatstring-macros', then GNU gettext implementations that don't
-dnl    support the ISO C 99 <inttypes.h> formatstring macros will be ignored.
-dnl INTLDIR is used to find the intl libraries.  If empty,
-dnl    the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used.
-dnl
-dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases:
-dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled
-dnl    and used.
-dnl    Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
-dnl    Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
-dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library.
-dnl    Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
-dnl    Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
-dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid.
-dnl    Catalog format: none
-dnl    Catalog extension: none
-dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'external', only cases 2 and 3 can occur.
-dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the
-dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext),
-dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the
-dnl maintainers.
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT],
-[
-  dnl Argument checking.
-  ifelse([$1], [], , [ifelse([$1], [external], , [ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], , [ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], ,
-    [errprint([ERROR: invalid first argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
-])])])])])
-  ifelse([$2], [], , [ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], , [ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], ,
-    [errprint([ERROR: invalid second argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
-])])])])
-  define(gt_included_intl, ifelse([$1], [external], [no], [yes]))
-  define(gt_libtool_suffix_prefix, ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], [l], []))
-
-  AC_REQUIRE([AM_PO_SUBDIRS])dnl
-  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
-    AC_REQUIRE([AM_INTL_SUBDIR])dnl
-  ])
-
-  dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
-
-  dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
-  dnl Ideally we would do this search only after the
-  dnl      if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-  dnl        if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then
-  dnl tests. But if configure.in invokes AM_ICONV after AM_GNU_GETTEXT
-  dnl the configure script would need to contain the same shell code
-  dnl again, outside any 'if'. There are two solutions:
-  dnl - Invoke AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY here, outside any 'if'.
-  dnl - Control the expansions in more detail using AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE.
-  dnl Since AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE is only in autoconf >= 2.52 and not
-  dnl documented, we avoid it.
-  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
-    AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
-  ])
-
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
-  dnl Default is enabled NLS
-  AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
-    [  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support],
-    USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
-  AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
-
-  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
-    BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
-    USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
-  ])
-  LIBINTL=
-  LTLIBINTL=
-  POSUB=
-
-  dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
-  if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-    gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no
-    ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
-      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
-      AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
-        [  --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
-        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
-        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
-      AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
-
-      nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
-      if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
-    ])
-        dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library.  Figure out what
-        dnl to use.  If GNU gettext is available we use this.  Else we have
-        dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library.
-
-        dnl Add a version number to the cache macros.
-        define([gt_api_version], ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], 3, ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], 2, 1)))
-        define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libc])
-        define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libintl])
-
-        AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc,
-         [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
-]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
-[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
-#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
-#endif
-changequote(,)dnl
-typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
-changequote([,])dnl
-], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-extern int *_nl_domain_bindings;],
-            [bindtextdomain ("", "");
-return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings],
-            gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=yes,
-            gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=no)])
-
-        if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then
-          dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
-          ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
-            AM_ICONV_LINK
-          ])
-          dnl Search for libintl and define LIBINTL, LTLIBINTL and INCINTL
-          dnl accordingly. Don't use AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl],[iconv])
-          dnl because that would add "-liconv" to LIBINTL and LTLIBINTL
-          dnl even if libiconv doesn't exist.
-          AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl])
-          AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl],
-            gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl,
-           [gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
-            CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL"
-            gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-            LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL"
-            dnl Now see whether libintl exists and does not depend on libiconv.
-            AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
-]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
-[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
-#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
-#endif
-changequote(,)dnl
-typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
-changequote([,])dnl
-], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-extern
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-"C"
-#endif
-const char *_nl_expand_alias ();],
-              [bindtextdomain ("", "");
-return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)],
-              gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes,
-              gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=no)
-            dnl Now see whether libintl exists and depends on libiconv.
-            if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" != yes && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then
-              LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
-              AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
-]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
-[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
-#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
-#endif
-changequote(,)dnl
-typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
-changequote([,])dnl
-], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-extern
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-"C"
-#endif
-const char *_nl_expand_alias ();],
-                [bindtextdomain ("", "");
-return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)],
-               [LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV"
-                LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV"
-                gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes
-               ])
-            fi
-            CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS"
-            LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
-        fi
-
-        dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found,
-        dnl use it.  But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU
-        dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this
-        dnl libintl.  (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.)
-        if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" = "yes" \
-           || { test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes" \
-                && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext; }; then
-          gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes
-        else
-          dnl Reset the values set by searching for libintl.
-          LIBINTL=
-          LTLIBINTL=
-          INCINTL=
-        fi
-
-    ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
-        if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" != "yes"; then
-          dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library.
-          dnl Fall back on included GNU gettext library.
-          nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
-        fi
-      fi
-
-      if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
-        dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
-        INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
-        BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-        USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-        LIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LIBICONV"
-        LTLIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LTLIBICONV"
-        LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'`
-      fi
-
-      if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
-         || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
-        dnl Mark actions to use GNU gettext tools.
-        CATOBJEXT=.gmo
-      fi
-    ])
-
-    if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
-       || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
-      AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1,
-        [Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
-   is requested.])
-    else
-      USE_NLS=no
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-
-    if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
-      if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
-        AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libintl])
-        AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBINTL])
-        AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCINTL])
-      fi
-
-      dnl For backward compatibility. Some packages may be using this.
-      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1,
-       [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
-      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DCGETTEXT, 1,
-       [Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
-    fi
-
-    dnl We need to process the po/ directory.
-    POSUB=po
-  fi
-
-  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
-    dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL
-    dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it.
-    if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
-      BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-    fi
-
-    dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
-    AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
-    AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
-    AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this.
-    nls_cv_header_intl=
-    nls_cv_header_libgt=
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-    DATADIRNAME=share
-    AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-    INSTOBJEXT=.mo
-    AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-    GENCAT=gencat
-    AC_SUBST(GENCAT)
-
-    dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it.
-    INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=gt_libtool_suffix_prefix
-    AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX)
-  ])
-
-  dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-  INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL"
-  AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
-
-  dnl Make all documented variables known to autoconf.
-  AC_SUBST(LIBINTL)
-  AC_SUBST(LTLIBINTL)
-  AC_SUBST(POSUB)
-])
-
-
-dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory,
-dnl except for USE_NLS.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl
-
-  dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given,
-  dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work.
-
-  dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH.
-  dnl The first test excludes Solaris msgfmt and early GNU msgfmt versions.
-  dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD msgfmt.
-  AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
-    [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-     (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
-    :)
-  AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
-
-  dnl Search for GNU xgettext 0.11 or newer in the PATH.
-  dnl The first test excludes Solaris xgettext and early GNU xgettext versions.
-  dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD xgettext.
-  AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-    [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-     (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
-    :)
-  dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
-  rm -f messages.po
-
-  dnl Search for GNU msgmerge 0.11 or newer in the PATH.
-  AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGMERGE, msgmerge,
-    [$ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
-
-  dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
-  dnl Test whether we really found GNU msgfmt.
-  if test "$GMSGFMT" != ":"; then
-    dnl If it is no GNU msgfmt we define it as : so that the
-    dnl Makefiles still can work.
-    if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-       (if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
-      : ;
-    else
-      GMSGFMT=`echo "$GMSGFMT" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,'`
-      AC_MSG_RESULT(
-        [found $GMSGFMT program is not GNU msgfmt; ignore it])
-      GMSGFMT=":"
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
-  dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
-  if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
-    dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
-    dnl Makefiles still can work.
-    if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-       (if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
-      : ;
-    else
-      AC_MSG_RESULT(
-        [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
-      XGETTEXT=":"
-    fi
-    dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
-    rm -f messages.po
-  fi
-
-  AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([
-    for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
-      # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
-      case "$ac_file" in
-        *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
-      esac
-      # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in.
-      case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in)
-        # Adjust a relative srcdir.
-        ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
-        ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
-        ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
-        # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
-        # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
-        test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
-        case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
-          .)  top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
-          /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
-          *)  top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
-        esac
-        if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then
-          rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
-          test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES"
-          cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ 	]*\$/d" -e "s,.*,     $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
-          # ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, GMOFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES depend
-          # on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration
-          # parameters.
-          if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
-            # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
-            if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
-              test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
-            fi
-            ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
-            # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake.
-            eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
-          fi
-          case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
-            .) srcdirpre= ;;
-            *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
-          esac
-          POFILES=
-          GMOFILES=
-          UPDATEPOFILES=
-          DUMMYPOFILES=
-          for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-            POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
-            GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
-            UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
-            DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
-          done
-          # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
-          # environment variable.
-          INST_LINGUAS=
-          if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
-            for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-              useit=no
-              if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
-                desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
-              else
-                desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
-              fi
-              for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
-                # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
-                #   a. equal to presentlang, or
-                #   b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
-                #      presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
-                #      which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
-                case "$desiredlang" in
-                  "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
-                esac
-              done
-              if test $useit = yes; then
-                INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
-              fi
-            done
-          fi
-          CATALOGS=
-          if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
-            for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
-              CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
-            done
-          fi
-          test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile"
-          sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile"
-          for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do
-            if test -f "$f"; then
-              case "$f" in
-                *.orig | *.bak | *~) ;;
-                *) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;;
-              esac
-            fi
-          done
-        fi
-        ;;
-      esac
-    done],
-   [# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute
-    # POFILES, GMOFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it
-    # from automake.
-    eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"'
-    # Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS.
-    LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}"
-   ])
-])
-
-
-dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the intl subdirectory,
-dnl except for INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX (and possibly LIBTOOL), INTLOBJS,
-dnl            USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL, BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_INTL_SUBDIR],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_GLIBC21])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTDIV0])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTTYPES_PRI])dnl
-
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \
-stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h])
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS([feof_unlocked fgets_unlocked getc_unlocked getcwd getegid \
-geteuid getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale stpcpy \
-strcasecmp strdup strtoul tsearch __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
-
-  AM_ICONV
-  AM_LANGINFO_CODESET
-  if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
-    AM_LC_MESSAGES
-  fi
-
-  dnl intl/plural.c is generated from intl/plural.y. It requires bison,
-  dnl because plural.y uses bison specific features. It requires at least
-  dnl bison-1.26 because earlier versions generate a plural.c that doesn't
-  dnl compile.
-  dnl bison is only needed for the maintainer (who touches plural.y). But in
-  dnl order to avoid separate Makefiles or --enable-maintainer-mode, we put
-  dnl the rule in general Makefile. Now, some people carelessly touch the
-  dnl files or have a broken "make" program, hence the plural.c rule will
-  dnl sometimes fire. To avoid an error, defines BISON to ":" if it is not
-  dnl present or too old.
-  AC_CHECK_PROGS([INTLBISON], [bison])
-  if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then
-    ac_verc_fail=yes
-  else
-    dnl Found it, now check the version.
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison])
-changequote(<<,>>)dnl
-    ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison.* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'`
-    case $ac_prog_version in
-      '') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
-      1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*)
-changequote([,])dnl
-         ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;;
-      *) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
-    esac
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_prog_version])
-  fi
-  if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then
-    INTLBISON=:
-  fi
-])
-
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS],
-[
-  dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
-  dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but $(top_srcdir).
-  dnl Try to locate is.
-  MKINSTALLDIRS=
-  if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
-    MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
-  fi
-  if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
-    MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
-])
-
-
-dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([gettext-version])
-AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION], [])

m4/glib-2.0.m4

@@ -1,215 +0,0 @@
-# Configure paths for GLIB
-# Owen Taylor     1997-2001
-
-dnl AM_PATH_GLIB_2_0([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND [, MODULES]]]])
-dnl Test for GLIB, and define GLIB_CFLAGS and GLIB_LIBS, if gmodule, gobject or 
-dnl gthread is specified in MODULES, pass to pkg-config
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_GLIB_2_0],
-[dnl 
-dnl Get the cflags and libraries from pkg-config
-dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(glibtest, [  --disable-glibtest      do not try to compile and run a test GLIB program],
-		    , enable_glibtest=yes)
-
-  pkg_config_args=glib-2.0
-  for module in . $4
-  do
-      case "$module" in
-         gmodule) 
-             pkg_config_args="$pkg_config_args gmodule-2.0"
-         ;;
-         gmodule-no-export) 
-             pkg_config_args="$pkg_config_args gmodule-no-export-2.0"
-         ;;
-         gobject) 
-             pkg_config_args="$pkg_config_args gobject-2.0"
-         ;;
-         gthread) 
-             pkg_config_args="$pkg_config_args gthread-2.0"
-         ;;
-      esac
-  done
-
-  AC_PATH_PROG(PKG_CONFIG, pkg-config, no)
-
-  no_glib=""
-
-  if test x$PKG_CONFIG != xno ; then
-    if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.7 ; then
-      :
-    else
-      echo *** pkg-config too old; version 0.7 or better required.
-      no_glib=yes
-      PKG_CONFIG=no
-    fi
-  else
-    no_glib=yes
-  fi
-
-  min_glib_version=ifelse([$1], ,2.0.0,$1)
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GLIB - version >= $min_glib_version)
-
-  if test x$PKG_CONFIG != xno ; then
-    ## don't try to run the test against uninstalled libtool libs
-    if $PKG_CONFIG --uninstalled $pkg_config_args; then
-	  echo "Will use uninstalled version of GLib found in PKG_CONFIG_PATH"
-	  enable_glibtest=no
-    fi
-
-    if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-version $min_glib_version $pkg_config_args; then
-	  :
-    else
-	  no_glib=yes
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  if test x"$no_glib" = x ; then
-    GLIB_GENMARSHAL=`$PKG_CONFIG --variable=glib_genmarshal glib-2.0`
-    GOBJECT_QUERY=`$PKG_CONFIG --variable=gobject_query glib-2.0`
-    GLIB_MKENUMS=`$PKG_CONFIG --variable=glib_mkenums glib-2.0`
-
-    GLIB_CFLAGS=`$PKG_CONFIG --cflags $pkg_config_args`
-    GLIB_LIBS=`$PKG_CONFIG --libs $pkg_config_args`
-    glib_config_major_version=`$PKG_CONFIG --modversion glib-2.0 | \
-           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
-    glib_config_minor_version=`$PKG_CONFIG --modversion glib-2.0 | \
-           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
-    glib_config_micro_version=`$PKG_CONFIG --modversion glib-2.0 | \
-           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
-    if test "x$enable_glibtest" = "xyes" ; then
-      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GLIB_CFLAGS"
-      LIBS="$GLIB_LIBS $LIBS"
-dnl
-dnl Now check if the installed GLIB is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
-dnl checks the results of pkg-config to some extent)
-dnl
-      rm -f conf.glibtest
-      AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <glib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-int 
-main ()
-{
-  int major, minor, micro;
-  char *tmp_version;
-
-  system ("touch conf.glibtest");
-
-  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
-  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_glib_version");
-  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
-     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_glib_version");
-     exit(1);
-   }
-
-  if ((glib_major_version != $glib_config_major_version) ||
-      (glib_minor_version != $glib_config_minor_version) ||
-      (glib_micro_version != $glib_config_micro_version))
-    {
-      printf("\n*** 'pkg-config --modversion glib-2.0' returned %d.%d.%d, but GLIB (%d.%d.%d)\n", 
-             $glib_config_major_version, $glib_config_minor_version, $glib_config_micro_version,
-             glib_major_version, glib_minor_version, glib_micro_version);
-      printf ("*** was found! If pkg-config was correct, then it is best\n");
-      printf ("*** to remove the old version of GLib. You may also be able to fix the error\n");
-      printf("*** by modifying your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or by editing\n");
-      printf("*** /etc/ld.so.conf. Make sure you have run ldconfig if that is\n");
-      printf("*** required on your system.\n");
-      printf("*** If pkg-config was wrong, set the environment variable PKG_CONFIG_PATH\n");
-      printf("*** to point to the correct configuration files\n");
-    } 
-  else if ((glib_major_version != GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION) ||
-	   (glib_minor_version != GLIB_MINOR_VERSION) ||
-           (glib_micro_version != GLIB_MICRO_VERSION))
-    {
-      printf("*** GLIB header files (version %d.%d.%d) do not match\n",
-	     GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION, GLIB_MINOR_VERSION, GLIB_MICRO_VERSION);
-      printf("*** library (version %d.%d.%d)\n",
-	     glib_major_version, glib_minor_version, glib_micro_version);
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      if ((glib_major_version > major) ||
-        ((glib_major_version == major) && (glib_minor_version > minor)) ||
-        ((glib_major_version == major) && (glib_minor_version == minor) && (glib_micro_version >= micro)))
-      {
-        return 0;
-       }
-     else
-      {
-        printf("\n*** An old version of GLIB (%d.%d.%d) was found.\n",
-               glib_major_version, glib_minor_version, glib_micro_version);
-        printf("*** You need a version of GLIB newer than %d.%d.%d. The latest version of\n",
-	       major, minor, micro);
-        printf("*** GLIB is always available from ftp://ftp.gtk.org.\n");
-        printf("***\n");
-        printf("*** If you have already installed a sufficiently new version, this error\n");
-        printf("*** probably means that the wrong copy of the pkg-config shell script is\n");
-        printf("*** being found. The easiest way to fix this is to remove the old version\n");
-        printf("*** of GLIB, but you can also set the PKG_CONFIG environment to point to the\n");
-        printf("*** correct copy of pkg-config. (In this case, you will have to\n");
-        printf("*** modify your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf\n");
-        printf("*** so that the correct libraries are found at run-time))\n");
-      }
-    }
-  return 1;
-}
-],, no_glib=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
-       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
-       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
-     fi
-  fi
-  if test "x$no_glib" = x ; then
-     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes (version $glib_config_major_version.$glib_config_minor_version.$glib_config_micro_version))
-     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])     
-  else
-     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-     if test "$PKG_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
-       echo "*** A new enough version of pkg-config was not found."
-       echo "*** See http://www.freedesktop.org/software/pkgconfig/"
-     else
-       if test -f conf.glibtest ; then
-        :
-       else
-          echo "*** Could not run GLIB test program, checking why..."
-          ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-          ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GLIB_CFLAGS"
-          LIBS="$LIBS $GLIB_LIBS"
-          AC_TRY_LINK([
-#include <glib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-],      [ return ((glib_major_version) || (glib_minor_version) || (glib_micro_version)); ],
-        [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
-          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding GLIB or finding the wrong"
-          echo "*** version of GLIB. If it is not finding GLIB, you'll need to set your"
-          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
-          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
-          echo "*** is required on your system"
-	  echo "***"
-          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
-          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH" ],
-        [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
-          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means GLIB is incorrectly installed."])
-          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
-          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
-       fi
-     fi
-     GLIB_CFLAGS=""
-     GLIB_LIBS=""
-     GLIB_GENMARSHAL=""
-     GOBJECT_QUERY=""
-     GLIB_MKENUMS=""
-     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST(GLIB_CFLAGS)
-  AC_SUBST(GLIB_LIBS)
-  AC_SUBST(GLIB_GENMARSHAL)
-  AC_SUBST(GOBJECT_QUERY)
-  AC_SUBST(GLIB_MKENUMS)
-  rm -f conf.glibtest
-])

m4/glibc21.m4

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-# glibc21.m4 serial 2 (fileutils-4.1.3, gettext-0.10.40)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-# Test for the GNU C Library, version 2.1 or newer.
-# From Bruno Haible.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_GLIBC21],
-  [
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer,
-      ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1,
-      [AC_EGREP_CPP([Lucky GNU user],
-	[
-#include <features.h>
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
- #if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1) || (__GLIBC__ > 2)
-  Lucky GNU user
- #endif
-#endif
-	],
-	ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=yes,
-	ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=no)
-      ]
-    )
-    AC_SUBST(GLIBC21)
-    GLIBC21="$ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1"
-  ]
-)

m4/iconv.m4

@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-# iconv.m4 serial AM4 (gettext-0.11.3)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
-[
-  dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
-
-  dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
-  dnl accordingly.
-  AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([iconv])
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK],
-[
-  dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and
-  dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed).
-
-  dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
-  dnl accordingly.
-  AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
-
-  dnl Add $INCICONV to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
-  dnl because if the user has installed libiconv and not disabled its use
-  dnl via --without-libiconv-prefix, he wants to use it. The first
-  dnl AC_TRY_LINK will then fail, the second AC_TRY_LINK will succeed.
-  am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
-  AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCICONV])
-
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK(for iconv, am_cv_func_iconv, [
-    am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv"
-    am_cv_lib_iconv=no
-    AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <iconv.h>],
-      [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
-       iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
-       iconv_close(cd);],
-      am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
-    if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then
-      am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-      LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
-      AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <iconv.h>],
-        [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
-         iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
-         iconv_close(cd);],
-        am_cv_lib_iconv=yes
-        am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
-      LIBS="$am_save_LIBS"
-    fi
-  ])
-  if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV, 1, [Define if you have the iconv() function.])
-  fi
-  if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libiconv])
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBICONV])
-  else
-    dnl If $LIBICONV didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need $INCICONV
-    dnl either.
-    CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS"
-    LIBICONV=
-    LTLIBICONV=
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST(LIBICONV)
-  AC_SUBST(LTLIBICONV)
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV],
-[
-  AM_ICONV_LINK
-  if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration])
-    AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_proto_iconv, [
-      AC_TRY_COMPILE([
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <iconv.h>
-extern
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-"C"
-#endif
-#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
-size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);
-#else
-size_t iconv();
-#endif
-], [], am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="", am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const")
-      am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"])
-    am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'`
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$]{ac_t:-
-         }[$]am_cv_proto_iconv)
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1,
-      [Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.])
-  fi
-])

m4/intdiv0.m4

@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-# intdiv0.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.3)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-AC_DEFUN([gt_INTDIV0],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether integer division by zero raises SIGFPE],
-    gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe,
-    [
-      AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <signal.h>
-
-static void
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-sigfpe_handler (int sig)
-#else
-sigfpe_handler (sig) int sig;
-#endif
-{
-  /* Exit with code 0 if SIGFPE, with code 1 if any other signal.  */
-  exit (sig != SIGFPE);
-}
-
-int x = 1;
-int y = 0;
-int z;
-int nan;
-
-int main ()
-{
-  signal (SIGFPE, sigfpe_handler);
-/* IRIX and AIX (when "xlc -qcheck" is used) yield signal SIGTRAP.  */
-#if (defined (__sgi) || defined (_AIX)) && defined (SIGTRAP)
-  signal (SIGTRAP, sigfpe_handler);
-#endif
-/* Linux/SPARC yields signal SIGILL.  */
-#if defined (__sparc__) && defined (__linux__)
-  signal (SIGILL, sigfpe_handler);
-#endif
-
-  z = x / y;
-  nan = y / y;
-  exit (1);
-}
-], gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=yes, gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=no,
-        [
-          # Guess based on the CPU.
-          case "$host_cpu" in
-            alpha* | i[34567]86 | m68k | s390*)
-              gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing yes";;
-            *)
-              gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing no";;
-          esac
-        ])
-    ])
-  case "$gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe" in
-    *yes) value=1;;
-    *) value=0;;
-  esac
-  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE, $value,
-    [Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE.])
-])

m4/inttypes-pri.m4

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-# inttypes-pri.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-# Define PRI_MACROS_BROKEN if <inttypes.h> exists and defines the PRI*
-# macros to non-string values.  This is the case on AIX 4.3.3.
-
-AC_DEFUN([gt_INTTYPES_PRI],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
-  if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the inttypes.h PRIxNN macros are broken],
-      gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken,
-      [
-        AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <inttypes.h>
-#ifdef PRId32
-char *p = PRId32;
-#endif
-], [], gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=no, gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=yes)
-      ])
-  fi
-  if test "$gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken" = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PRI_MACROS_BROKEN, 1,
-      [Define if <inttypes.h> exists and defines unusable PRI* macros.])
-  fi
-])

m4/inttypes.m4

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-# inttypes.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert.
-
-# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with
-# <sys/types.h>.
-
-AC_DEFUN([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h,
-  [
-    AC_TRY_COMPILE(
-      [#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <inttypes.h>],
-      [], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes, gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)
-  ])
-  if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H, 1,
-      [Define if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>.])
-  fi
-])

m4/inttypes_h.m4

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-# inttypes_h.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.11.4)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert.
-
-# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <inttypes.h> exists,
-# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h,
-  [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
-    [#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <inttypes.h>],
-    [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;],
-    jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes,
-    jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)])
-  if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1,
-[Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
-   and declares uintmax_t. ])
-  fi
-])

m4/isc-posix.m4

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-# isc-posix.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.11.2)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-# This file is not needed with autoconf-2.53 and newer.  Remove it in 2005.
-
-# This test replaces the one in autoconf.
-# Currently this macro should have the same name as the autoconf macro
-# because gettext's gettext.m4 (distributed in the automake package)
-# still uses it.  Otherwise, the use in gettext.m4 makes autoheader
-# give these diagnostics:
-#   configure.in:556: AC_TRY_COMPILE was called before AC_ISC_POSIX
-#   configure.in:556: AC_TRY_RUN was called before AC_ISC_POSIX
-
-undefine([AC_ISC_POSIX])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_ISC_POSIX],
-  [
-    dnl This test replaces the obsolescent AC_ISC_POSIX kludge.
-    AC_CHECK_LIB(cposix, strerror, [LIBS="$LIBS -lcposix"])
-  ]
-)

m4/lcmessage.m4

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-# lcmessage.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.11.3)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-dnl
-dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
-dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
-dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
-dnl functionality.
-dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
-dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
-dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
-dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
-
-dnl Authors:
-dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
-
-# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_LC_MESSAGES],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
-    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
-       am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
-  if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES, 1,
-      [Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES.])
-  fi
-])

m4/lib-ld.m4

@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-# lib-ld.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl Subroutines of libtool.m4,
-dnl with replacements s/AC_/AC_LIB/ and s/lt_cv/acl_cv/ to avoid collision
-dnl with libtool.m4.
-
-dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable with_gnu_ld to yes or no.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU],
-[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
-[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
-if $LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' 1>&5; then
-  acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
-else
-  acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
-fi])
-with_gnu_ld=$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld
-])
-
-dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable LD.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD],
-[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld,
-[  --with-gnu-ld           assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]],
-test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-ac_prog=ld
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
-  case $host in
-  *-*-mingw*)
-    # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
-    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
-  *)
-    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
-  esac
-  case $ac_prog in
-    # Accept absolute paths.
-    [[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)]
-      [re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./']
-      # Canonicalize the path of ld
-      ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'`
-      while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
-	ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
-      done
-      test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
-      ;;
-  "")
-    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
-    ac_prog=ld
-    ;;
-  *)
-    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
-    with_gnu_ld=unknown
-    ;;
-  esac
-elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
-else
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
-fi
-AC_CACHE_VAL(acl_cv_path_LD,
-[if test -z "$LD"; then
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
-  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
-      acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
-      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
-      # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
-      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
-      if "$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then
-	test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break
-      else
-	test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break
-      fi
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-else
-  acl_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-fi])
-LD="$acl_cv_path_LD"
-if test -n "$LD"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-fi
-test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
-AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU
-])

m4/lib-link.m4

@@ -1,554 +0,0 @@
-# lib-link.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.11.3)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
-dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
-dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} variables and
-dnl augments the CPPFLAGS variable.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
-  define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
-  define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
-                               [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link with lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs], [
-    AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
-    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs="$LIB[]NAME"
-    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs="$LTLIB[]NAME"
-    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags="$INC[]NAME"
-  ])
-  LIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs"
-  LTLIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs"
-  INC[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags"
-  AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
-  AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
-  AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
-  dnl Also set HAVE_LIB[]NAME so that AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS can reuse the
-  dnl results of this search when this library appears as a dependency.
-  HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
-  undefine([Name])
-  undefine([NAME])
-])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS(name, dependencies, includes, testcode)
-dnl searches for libname and the libraries corresponding to explicit and
-dnl implicit dependencies, together with the specified include files and
-dnl the ability to compile and link the specified testcode. If found, it
-dnl sets and AC_SUBSTs HAVE_LIB${NAME}=yes and the LIB${NAME} and
-dnl LTLIB${NAME} variables and augments the CPPFLAGS variable, and
-dnl #defines HAVE_LIB${NAME} to 1. Otherwise, it sets and AC_SUBSTs
-dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME}=no and LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} to empty.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
-  define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
-  define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
-                               [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
-
-  dnl Search for lib[]Name and define LIB[]NAME, LTLIB[]NAME and INC[]NAME
-  dnl accordingly.
-  AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
-
-  dnl Add $INC[]NAME to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
-  dnl because if the user has installed lib[]Name and not disabled its use
-  dnl via --without-lib[]Name-prefix, he wants to use it.
-  ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
-  AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
-
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name], [
-    ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-    LIBS="$LIBS $LIB[]NAME"
-    AC_TRY_LINK([$3], [$4], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=yes], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=no])
-    LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
-  ])
-  if test "$ac_cv_lib[]Name" = yes; then
-    HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
-    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIB]NAME, 1, [Define if you have the $1 library.])
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with lib[]$1])
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIB[]NAME])
-  else
-    HAVE_LIB[]NAME=no
-    dnl If $LIB[]NAME didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need
-    dnl $INC[]NAME either.
-    CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS"
-    LIB[]NAME=
-    LTLIB[]NAME=
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST([HAVE_LIB]NAME)
-  AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
-  AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
-  undefine([Name])
-  undefine([NAME])
-])
-
-dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath:
-dnl libext, shlibext, hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, hardcode_libdir_separator,
-dnl hardcode_direct, hardcode_minus_L,
-dnl sys_lib_search_path_spec, sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_RPATH],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])                dnl we use $CC, $GCC, $LDFLAGS
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PROG_LD])            dnl we use $LD, $with_gnu_ld
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])         dnl we use $host
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT]) dnl we use $ac_aux_dir
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for shared library run path origin], acl_cv_rpath, [
-    CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \
-    ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh
-    . ./conftest.sh
-    rm -f ./conftest.sh
-    acl_cv_rpath=done
-  ])
-  wl="$acl_cv_wl"
-  libext="$acl_cv_libext"
-  shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext"
-  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
-  hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator"
-  hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct"
-  hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L"
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="$acl_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec"
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$acl_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec"
-  dnl Determine whether the user wants rpath handling at all.
-  AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath,
-    [  --disable-rpath         do not hardcode runtime library paths],
-    :, enable_rpath=yes)
-])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
-dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
-dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
-[
-  define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
-                               [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
-  dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
-  use_additional=yes
-  AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
-    eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
-    eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
-  ])
-  AC_ARG_WITH([lib$1-prefix],
-[  --with-lib$1-prefix[=DIR]  search for lib$1 in DIR/include and DIR/lib
-  --without-lib$1-prefix     don't search for lib$1 in includedir and libdir],
-[
-    if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
-      use_additional=no
-    else
-      if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
-        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
-          eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
-          eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
-        ])
-      else
-        additional_includedir="$withval/include"
-        additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
-      fi
-    fi
-])
-  dnl Search the library and its dependencies in $additional_libdir and
-  dnl $LDFLAGS. Using breadth-first-seach.
-  LIB[]NAME=
-  LTLIB[]NAME=
-  INC[]NAME=
-  rpathdirs=
-  ltrpathdirs=
-  names_already_handled=
-  names_next_round='$1 $2'
-  while test -n "$names_next_round"; do
-    names_this_round="$names_next_round"
-    names_next_round=
-    for name in $names_this_round; do
-      already_handled=
-      for n in $names_already_handled; do
-        if test "$n" = "$name"; then
-          already_handled=yes
-          break
-        fi
-      done
-      if test -z "$already_handled"; then
-        names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name"
-        dnl See if it was already located by an earlier AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS
-        dnl or AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS call.
-        uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'`
-        eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\"
-        if test -n "$value"; then
-          if test "$value" = yes; then
-            eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\"
-            test -z "$value" || LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
-            eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\"
-            test -z "$value" || LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
-          else
-            dnl An earlier call to AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS has determined
-            dnl that this library doesn't exist. So just drop it.
-            :
-          fi
-        else
-          dnl Search the library lib$name in $additional_libdir and $LDFLAGS
-          dnl and the already constructed $LIBNAME/$LTLIBNAME.
-          found_dir=
-          found_la=
-          found_so=
-          found_a=
-          if test $use_additional = yes; then
-            if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
-              found_dir="$additional_libdir"
-              found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"
-              if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
-                found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
-              fi
-            else
-              if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"; then
-                found_dir="$additional_libdir"
-                found_a="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"
-                if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
-                  found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
-                fi
-              fi
-            fi
-          fi
-          if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
-            for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
-              AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-              case "$x" in
-                -L*)
-                  dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
-                  if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
-                    found_dir="$dir"
-                    found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"
-                    if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
-                      found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
-                    fi
-                  else
-                    if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$libext"; then
-                      found_dir="$dir"
-                      found_a="$dir/lib$name.$libext"
-                      if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
-                        found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
-                      fi
-                    fi
-                  fi
-                  ;;
-              esac
-              if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
-                break
-              fi
-            done
-          fi
-          if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
-            dnl Found the library.
-            LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
-            if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then
-              dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its
-              dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the
-              dnl standard /usr/lib.
-              if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/lib"; then
-                dnl No hardcoding is needed.
-                LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
-              else
-                dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
-                dnl binary.
-                dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
-                dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
-                haveit=
-                for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
-                  if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
-                    haveit=yes
-                    break
-                  fi
-                done
-                if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                  ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir"
-                fi
-                dnl The hardcoding into $LIBNAME is system dependent.
-                if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then
-                  dnl Using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
-                  dnl resulting binary.
-                  LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
-                else
-                  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
-                    dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
-                    dnl binary.
-                    LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
-                    dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
-                    dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
-                    haveit=
-                    for x in $rpathdirs; do
-                      if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
-                        haveit=yes
-                        break
-                      fi
-                    done
-                    if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                      rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir"
-                    fi
-                  else
-                    dnl Rely on "-L$found_dir".
-                    dnl But don't add it if it's already contained in the LDFLAGS
-                    dnl or the already constructed $LIBNAME
-                    haveit=
-                    for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
-                      AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-                      if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then
-                        haveit=yes
-                        break
-                      fi
-                    done
-                    if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir"
-                    fi
-                    if test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
-                      dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
-                      dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
-                      dnl here.
-                      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
-                    else
-                      dnl We cannot use $hardcode_runpath_var and LD_RUN_PATH
-                      dnl here, because this doesn't fit in flags passed to the
-                      dnl compiler. So give up. No hardcoding. This affects only
-                      dnl very old systems.
-                      dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
-                      dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
-                      dnl here.
-                      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
-                    fi
-                  fi
-                fi
-              fi
-            else
-              if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then
-                dnl Linking with a static library.
-                LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_a"
-              else
-                dnl We shouldn't come here, but anyway it's good to have a
-                dnl fallback.
-                LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
-              fi
-            fi
-            dnl Assume the include files are nearby.
-            additional_includedir=
-            case "$found_dir" in
-              */lib | */lib/)
-                basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e 's,/lib/*$,,'`
-                additional_includedir="$basedir/include"
-                ;;
-            esac
-            if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then
-              dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
-              dnl But don't add it
-              dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
-              dnl   2. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
-              dnl   3. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS or the already
-              dnl      constructed $INCNAME,
-              dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
-              if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
-                haveit=
-                if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
-                  if test -n "$GCC"; then
-                    case $host_os in
-                      linux*) haveit=yes;;
-                    esac
-                  fi
-                fi
-                if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                  for x in $CPPFLAGS $INC[]NAME; do
-                    AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-                    if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
-                      haveit=yes
-                      break
-                    fi
-                  done
-                  if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                    if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
-                      dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
-                      INC[]NAME="${INC[]NAME}${INC[]NAME:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
-                    fi
-                  fi
-                fi
-              fi
-            fi
-            dnl Look for dependencies.
-            if test -n "$found_la"; then
-              dnl Read the .la file. It defines the variables
-              dnl dlname, library_names, old_library, dependency_libs, current,
-              dnl age, revision, installed, dlopen, dlpreopen, libdir.
-              save_libdir="$libdir"
-              case "$found_la" in
-                */* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;;
-                *) . "./$found_la" ;;
-              esac
-              libdir="$save_libdir"
-              dnl We use only dependency_libs.
-              for dep in $dependency_libs; do
-                case "$dep" in
-                  -L*)
-                    additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
-                    dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME and $LTLIBNAME.
-                    dnl But don't add it
-                    dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
-                    dnl   2. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
-                    dnl   3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already
-                    dnl      constructed $LIBNAME,
-                    dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
-                    if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
-                      haveit=
-                      if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
-                        if test -n "$GCC"; then
-                          case $host_os in
-                            linux*) haveit=yes;;
-                          esac
-                        fi
-                      fi
-                      if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                        haveit=
-                        for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
-                          AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-                          if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
-                            haveit=yes
-                            break
-                          fi
-                        done
-                        if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                          if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
-                            dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME.
-                            LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
-                          fi
-                        fi
-                        haveit=
-                        for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
-                          AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-                          if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
-                            haveit=yes
-                            break
-                          fi
-                        done
-                        if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                          if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
-                            dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LTLIBNAME.
-                            LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
-                          fi
-                        fi
-                      fi
-                    fi
-                    ;;
-                  -R*)
-                    dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'`
-                    if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
-                      dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
-                      dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
-                      haveit=
-                      for x in $rpathdirs; do
-                        if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
-                          haveit=yes
-                          break
-                        fi
-                      done
-                      if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                        rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
-                      fi
-                      dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
-                      dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
-                      haveit=
-                      for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
-                        if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
-                          haveit=yes
-                          break
-                        fi
-                      done
-                      if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                        ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir"
-                      fi
-                    fi
-                    ;;
-                  -l*)
-                    dnl Handle this in the next round.
-                    names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'`
-                    ;;
-                  *.la)
-                    dnl Handle this in the next round. Throw away the .la's
-                    dnl directory; it is already contained in a preceding -L
-                    dnl option.
-                    names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'`
-                    ;;
-                  *)
-                    dnl Most likely an immediate library name.
-                    LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
-                    LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
-                    ;;
-                esac
-              done
-            fi
-          else
-            dnl Didn't find the library; assume it is in the system directories
-            dnl known to the linker and runtime loader. (All the system
-            dnl directories known to the linker should also be known to the
-            dnl runtime loader, otherwise the system is severely misconfigured.)
-            LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
-            LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
-          fi
-        fi
-      fi
-    done
-  done
-  if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
-    if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
-      dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user must
-      dnl pass all path elements in one option. We can arrange that for a
-      dnl single library, but not when more than one $LIBNAMEs are used.
-      alldirs=
-      for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
-        alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir"
-      done
-      dnl Note: hardcode_libdir_flag_spec uses $libdir and $wl.
-      acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
-      libdir="$alldirs"
-      eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-      libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
-      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
-    else
-      dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
-      for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
-        acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
-        libdir="$found_dir"
-        eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-        libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
-        LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
-      done
-    fi
-  fi
-  if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then
-    dnl When using libtool, the option that works for both libraries and
-    dnl executables is -R. The -R options are cumulative.
-    for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do
-      LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-R$found_dir"
-    done
-  fi
-])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR(VAR, CONTENTS) appends the elements of CONTENTS to VAR,
-dnl unless already present in VAR.
-dnl Works only for CPPFLAGS, not for LIB* variables because that sometimes
-dnl contains two or three consecutive elements that belong together.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR],
-[
-  for element in [$2]; do
-    haveit=
-    for x in $[$1]; do
-      AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-      if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then
-        haveit=yes
-        break
-      fi
-    done
-    if test -z "$haveit"; then
-      [$1]="${[$1]}${[$1]:+ }$element"
-    fi
-  done
-])

m4/lib-prefix.m4

@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
-# lib-prefix.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed
-dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that
-dnl a user will want packages to use other packages he previously installed
-dnl with the same --prefix option.
-dnl This macro is not needed if only AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS is used to locate
-dnl libraries, but is otherwise very convenient.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX],
-[
-  AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
-  dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
-  use_additional=yes
-  AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
-    eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
-    eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
-  ])
-  AC_ARG_WITH([lib-prefix],
-[  --with-lib-prefix[=DIR] search for libraries in DIR/include and DIR/lib
-  --without-lib-prefix    don't search for libraries in includedir and libdir],
-[
-    if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
-      use_additional=no
-    else
-      if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
-        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
-          eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
-          eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
-        ])
-      else
-        additional_includedir="$withval/include"
-        additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
-      fi
-    fi
-])
-  if test $use_additional = yes; then
-    dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
-    dnl But don't add it
-    dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
-    dnl   2. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS,
-    dnl   3. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
-    dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
-    if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
-      haveit=
-      for x in $CPPFLAGS; do
-        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-        if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
-          haveit=yes
-          break
-        fi
-      done
-      if test -z "$haveit"; then
-        if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
-          if test -n "$GCC"; then
-            case $host_os in
-              linux*) haveit=yes;;
-            esac
-          fi
-        fi
-        if test -z "$haveit"; then
-          if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
-            dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
-            CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
-          fi
-        fi
-      fi
-    fi
-    dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
-    dnl But don't add it
-    dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
-    dnl   2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS,
-    dnl   3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
-    dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
-    if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
-      haveit=
-      for x in $LDFLAGS; do
-        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-        if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
-          haveit=yes
-          break
-        fi
-      done
-      if test -z "$haveit"; then
-        if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
-          if test -n "$GCC"; then
-            case $host_os in
-              linux*) haveit=yes;;
-            esac
-          fi
-        fi
-        if test -z "$haveit"; then
-          if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
-            dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
-            LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}${LDFLAGS:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
-          fi
-        fi
-      fi
-    fi
-  fi
-])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX creates variables acl_final_prefix,
-dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and
-dnl $exec_prefix will expand at the end of the configure script.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX],
-[
-  dnl Unfortunately, prefix and exec_prefix get only finally determined
-  dnl at the end of configure.
-  if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then
-    acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
-  else
-    acl_final_prefix="$prefix"
-  fi
-  if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then
-    acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}'
-  else
-    acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
-  fi
-  acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
-  prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
-  eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\"
-  prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
-])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([statement]) evaluates statement, with the
-dnl variables prefix and exec_prefix bound to the values they will have
-dnl at the end of the configure script.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX],
-[
-  acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
-  prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
-  acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
-  exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
-  $1
-  exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
-  prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
-])

m4/progtest.m4

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-# progtest.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.10.40)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-dnl
-dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
-dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
-dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
-dnl functionality.
-dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
-dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
-dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
-dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
-
-dnl Authors:
-dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
-
-# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
-
-dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
-dnl   TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST],
-[# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
-AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
-[case "[$]$1" in
-  /*)
-  ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-  ;;
-  *)
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
-  for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
-      if [$3]; then
-	ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
-	break
-      fi
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
-dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
-ifelse([$4], , , [  test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
-])dnl
-  ;;
-esac])dnl
-$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
-if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-fi
-AC_SUBST($1)dnl
-])

m4/stdint_h.m4

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-# stdint_h.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.11.4)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert.
-
-# Define HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <stdint.h> exists,
-# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for stdint.h], jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h,
-  [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
-    [#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdint.h>],
-    [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;],
-    jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=yes,
-    jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=no)])
-  if test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1,
-[Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
-   and declares uintmax_t. ])
-  fi
-])

m4/uintmax_t.m4

@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-# uintmax_t.m4 serial 6 (gettext-0.11)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert.
-
-AC_PREREQ(2.13)
-
-# Define uintmax_t to `unsigned long' or `unsigned long long'
-# if <inttypes.h> does not exist.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
-  if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = no && test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = no; then
-    AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG])
-    test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes \
-      && ac_type='unsigned long long' \
-      || ac_type='unsigned long'
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(uintmax_t, $ac_type,
-  [Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long
-   if <inttypes.h> and <stdint.h> don't define.])
-  fi
-])

m4/ulonglong.m4

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-# ulonglong.m4 serial 2 (fileutils-4.0.32, gettext-0.10.40)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned long long], ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long,
-  [AC_TRY_LINK([unsigned long long ull = 1; int i = 63;],
-    [unsigned long long ullmax = (unsigned long long) -1;
-     return ull << i | ull >> i | ullmax / ull | ullmax % ull;],
-    ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=yes,
-    ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=no)])
-  if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG, 1,
-      [Define if you have the unsigned long long type.])
-  fi
-])

nano.spec.in

@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ fi
 
 %files
 %defattr(-,root,root)
-%doc AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL NEWS README THANKS TODO doc/faq.html doc/nanorc.sample
+%doc AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL NEWS README THANKS TODO doc/faq.html doc/sample.nanorc
 %{_bindir}/*
 %{_docdir}/nano/*
 %{_mandir}/man*/*

po/.gitignore

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*.gmo
 
 /Makefile.in.in
+/Makevars.template
 /Rules-quot
 /boldquot.sed
 /en@boldquot.header
@@ -8,4 +9,6 @@
 /insert-header.sin
 /POTFILES
 /quot.sed
+/remove-potcdate.sed
 /remove-potcdate.sin
+/stamp-po

src/Makefile.am

@@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
-AM_CPPFLAGS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DSYSCONFDIR=\"$(sysconfdir)\"
+AM_CPPFLAGS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DSYSCONFDIR=\"$(sysconfdir)\" \
+	-I$(top_builddir)/lib -I$(top_srcdir)/lib
 
 CLEANFILES = revision.h
 
@@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ nano_SOURCES =	browser.c \
 		utils.c \
 		winio.c 
 
-nano_LDADD = @GLIB_LIBS@ @LIBINTL@
+nano_LDADD = @LIBINTL@ $(top_builddir)/lib/libgnu.a
 
 install-exec-hook:
 	cd $(DESTDIR)$(bindir) && rm -f rnano && $(LN_S) nano rnano

src/browser.c

@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ static char **filelist = NULL;
 static size_t filelist_len = 0;
 	/* The number of files in the list. */
 static int width = 0;
-	/* The number of files that we can display per line. */
+	/* The number of files that we can display per screen row. */
 static int longest = 0;
 	/* The number of columns in the longest filename in the list. */
 static size_t selected = 0;
@@ -219,11 +219,7 @@ char *do_browser(char *path)
 	    selected = filelist_len - 1;
 	} else if (func == goto_dir_void) {
 	    /* Ask for the directory to go to. */
-	    int i = do_prompt(TRUE,
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
-			FALSE,
-#endif
-			MGOTODIR, NULL,
+	    int i = do_prompt(TRUE, FALSE, MGOTODIR, NULL,
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
 			NULL,
 #endif
@@ -301,7 +297,7 @@ char *do_browser(char *path)
 	    /* If we are moving up one level, remember where we came from, so
 	     * this directory can be highlighted and easily reentered. */
 	    if (strcmp(tail(filelist[selected]), "..") == 0)
-		present_name = striponedir(filelist[selected]);
+		present_name = strip_last_component(filelist[selected]);
 
 	    /* Try opening and reading the selected directory. */
 	    path = mallocstrcpy(path, filelist[selected]);
@@ -348,8 +344,6 @@ char *do_browse_from(const char *inpath)
     char *path;
 	/* This holds the tilde-expanded version of inpath. */
 
-    assert(inpath != NULL);
-
     path = real_dir_from_tilde(inpath);
 
     /* Perhaps path is a directory.  If so, we'll pass it to
@@ -359,7 +353,7 @@ char *do_browse_from(const char *inpath)
      * at all.  If so, we'll just pass the current directory to
      * do_browser(). */
     if (stat(path, &st) == -1 || !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
-	path = free_and_assign(path, striponedir(path));
+	path = free_and_assign(path, strip_last_component(path));
 
 	if (stat(path, &st) == -1 || !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
 	    char * currentdir = charalloc(PATH_MAX + 1);
@@ -391,7 +385,7 @@ char *do_browse_from(const char *inpath)
  * set filelist_len to the number of files in that list, set longest to
  * the width in columns of the longest filename in that list (between 15
  * and COLS), and set width to the number of files that we can display
- * per line.  And sort the list too. */
+ * per screen row.  And sort the list too. */
 void read_the_list(const char *path, DIR *dir)
 {
     const struct dirent *nextdir;
@@ -473,6 +467,10 @@ functionptrtype parse_browser_input(int *kbinput)
 		return do_help_void;
 	    case 'E':
 	    case 'e':
+	    case 'Q':
+	    case 'q':
+	    case 'X':
+	    case 'x':
 		return do_exit;
 	    case 'G':
 	    case 'g':
@@ -488,15 +486,15 @@ functionptrtype parse_browser_input(int *kbinput)
     return func_from_key(kbinput);
 }
 
-/* Set width to the number of files that we can display per line, if
- * necessary, and display the list of files. */
+/* Set width to the number of files that we can display per screen row,
+ * if necessary, and display the list of files. */
 void browser_refresh(void)
 {
     size_t i;
-    int line = 0, col = 0;
-	/* The current line and column while the list is getting displayed. */
-    int the_line = 0, the_column = 0;
-	/* The line and column of the selected item. */
+    int row = 0, col = 0;
+	/* The current row and column while the list is getting displayed. */
+    int the_row = 0, the_column = 0;
+	/* The row and column of the selected item. */
     char *info;
 	/* The additional information that we'll display about a file. */
 
@@ -507,7 +505,7 @@ void browser_refresh(void)
 
     i = selected - selected % (editwinrows * width);
 
-    for (; i < filelist_len && line < editwinrows; i++) {
+    for (; i < filelist_len && row < editwinrows; i++) {
 	struct stat st;
 	const char *thename = tail(filelist[i]);
 		/* The filename we display, minus the path. */
@@ -530,16 +528,16 @@ void browser_refresh(void)
 	 * remember its location to be able to place the cursor on it. */
 	if (i == selected) {
 	    wattron(edit, hilite_attribute);
-	    the_line = line;
+	    the_row = row;
 	    the_column = col;
 	}
 
-	blank_line(edit, line, col, longest);
+	blank_row(edit, row, col, longest);
 
 	/* If the name is too long, we display something like "...ename". */
 	if (dots)
-	    mvwaddstr(edit, line, col, "...");
-	mvwaddstr(edit, line, dots ? col + 3 : col, disp);
+	    mvwaddstr(edit, row, col, "...");
+	mvwaddstr(edit, row, dots ? col + 3 : col, disp);
 
 	free(disp);
 
@@ -593,11 +591,11 @@ void browser_refresh(void)
 	/* Make sure info takes up no more than infomaxlen columns. */
 	infolen = strlenpt(info);
 	if (infolen > infomaxlen) {
-	    null_at(&info, actual_x(info, infomaxlen));
+	    info[actual_x(info, infomaxlen)] = '\0';
 	    infolen = infomaxlen;
 	}
 
-	mvwaddstr(edit, line, col - infolen, info);
+	mvwaddstr(edit, row, col - infolen, info);
 
 	/* If this is the selected item, finish its highlighting. */
 	if (i == selected)
@@ -608,17 +606,17 @@ void browser_refresh(void)
 	/* Add some space between the columns. */
 	col += 2;
 
-	/* If the next entry isn't going to fit on the current line,
-	 * move to the next line. */
+	/* If the next entry isn't going to fit on the current row,
+	 * move to the next row. */
 	if (col > COLS - longest) {
-	    line++;
+	    row++;
 	    col = 0;
 	}
     }
 
     /* If requested, put the cursor on the selected item and switch it on. */
     if (ISSET(SHOW_CURSOR)) {
-	wmove(edit, the_line, the_column);
+	wmove(edit, the_row, the_column);
 	curs_set(1);
     }
 
@@ -670,11 +668,7 @@ int filesearch_init(void)
 	buf = mallocstrcpy(NULL, "");
 
     /* This is now one simple call.  It just does a lot. */
-    input = do_prompt(FALSE,
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
-		TRUE,
-#endif
-		MWHEREISFILE, NULL,
+    input = do_prompt(FALSE, FALSE, MWHEREISFILE, NULL,
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
 		&search_history,
 #endif
@@ -791,23 +785,17 @@ void do_last_file(void)
     selected = filelist_len - 1;
 }
 
-/* Strip one directory from the end of path, and return the stripped
- * path.  The returned string is dynamically allocated, and should be
- * freed. */
-char *striponedir(const char *path)
+/* Strip one element from the end of path, and return the stripped path.
+ * The returned string is dynamically allocated, and should be freed. */
+char *strip_last_component(const char *path)
 {
-    char *retval, *tmp;
+    char *copy = mallocstrcpy(NULL, path);
+    char *last_slash = strrchr(copy, '/');
 
-    assert(path != NULL);
+    if (last_slash != NULL)
+	*last_slash = '\0';
 
-    retval = mallocstrcpy(NULL, path);
-
-    tmp = strrchr(retval, '/');
-
-    if (tmp != NULL)
-	null_at(&retval, tmp - retval);
-
-    return retval;
+    return copy;
 }
 
 #endif /* !DISABLE_BROWSER */

src/chars.c

@@ -26,12 +26,8 @@
 #include <ctype.h>
 
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
-#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_H
 #include <wchar.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_WCTYPE_H
 #include <wctype.h>
-#endif
 
 static bool use_utf8 = FALSE;
 	/* Whether we've enabled UTF-8 support. */
@@ -61,22 +57,6 @@ char *addstrings(char* str1, size_t len1, char* str2, size_t len2)
     return str1;
 }
 
-#ifndef HAVE_ISBLANK
-/* This function is equivalent to isblank(). */
-bool nisblank(int c)
-{
-    return isspace(c) && (c == '\t' || !is_cntrl_char(c));
-}
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(HAVE_ISWBLANK) && defined(ENABLE_UTF8)
-/* This function is equivalent to iswblank(). */
-bool niswblank(wchar_t wc)
-{
-    return iswspace(wc) && (wc == '\t' || !is_cntrl_wchar(wc));
-}
-#endif
-
 /* Return TRUE if the value of c is in byte range, and FALSE otherwise. */
 bool is_byte(int c)
 {
@@ -450,36 +430,12 @@ size_t move_mbright(const char *buf, size_t pos)
     return pos + parse_mbchar(buf + pos, NULL, NULL);
 }
 
-#ifndef HAVE_STRCASECMP
-/* This function is equivalent to strcasecmp(). */
-int nstrcasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2)
-{
-    return strncasecmp(s1, s2, HIGHEST_POSITIVE);
-}
-#endif
-
 /* This function is equivalent to strcasecmp() for multibyte strings. */
 int mbstrcasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2)
 {
     return mbstrncasecmp(s1, s2, HIGHEST_POSITIVE);
 }
 
-#ifndef HAVE_STRNCASECMP
-/* This function is equivalent to strncasecmp(). */
-int nstrncasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
-{
-    if (s1 == s2)
-	return 0;
-
-    for (; *s1 != '\0' && *s2 != '\0' && n > 0; s1++, s2++, n--) {
-	if (tolower(*s1) != tolower(*s2))
-	    break;
-    }
-
-    return (n > 0) ? tolower(*s1) - tolower(*s2) : 0;
-}
-#endif
-
 /* This function is equivalent to strncasecmp() for multibyte strings. */
 int mbstrncasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
 {
@@ -524,28 +480,6 @@ int mbstrncasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
 	return strncasecmp(s1, s2, n);
 }
 
-#ifndef HAVE_STRCASESTR
-/* This function is equivalent to strcasestr(). */
-char *nstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle)
-{
-    size_t needle_len;
-
-    if (*needle == '\0')
-	return (char *)haystack;
-
-    needle_len = strlen(needle);
-
-    while (*haystack != '\0') {
-	if (strncasecmp(haystack, needle, needle_len) == 0)
-	    return (char *)haystack;
-
-	haystack++;
-    }
-
-    return NULL;
-}
-#endif
-
 /* This function is equivalent to strcasestr() for multibyte strings. */
 char *mbstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle)
 {
@@ -665,19 +599,6 @@ size_t mbstrlen(const char *s)
     return mbstrnlen(s, (size_t)-1);
 }
 
-#ifndef HAVE_STRNLEN
-/* This function is equivalent to strnlen(). */
-size_t nstrnlen(const char *s, size_t maxlen)
-{
-    size_t n = 0;
-
-    for (; *s != '\0' && maxlen > 0; s++, maxlen--, n++)
-	;
-
-    return n;
-}
-#endif
-
 /* This function is equivalent to strnlen() for multibyte strings. */
 size_t mbstrnlen(const char *s, size_t maxlen)
 {
@@ -815,7 +736,7 @@ char *mbrevstrpbrk(const char *s, const char *accept, const char
 bool has_blank_chars(const char *s)
 {
     for (; *s != '\0'; s++) {
-	if (isblank(*s))
+	if (isblank((unsigned char)*s))
 	    return TRUE;
     }
 

src/color.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *                                                                        *
  *   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009,  *
  *   2010, 2011, 2013, 2014, 2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.          *
- *   Copyright (C) 2014, 2015, 2016 Benno Schulenberg                     *
+ *   Copyright (C) 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 Benno Schulenberg               *
  *                                                                        *
  *   GNU nano is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify     *
  *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published    *
@@ -108,8 +108,6 @@ void color_init(void)
     bool using_defaults = FALSE;
     short foreground, background;
 
-    assert(openfile != NULL);
-
     /* If the terminal is not capable of colors, forget it. */
     if (!has_colors())
 	return;
@@ -164,8 +162,6 @@ void color_update(void)
     syntaxtype *sint = NULL;
     colortype *ink;
 
-    assert(openfile != NULL);
-
     /* If the rcfiles were not read, or contained no syntaxes, get out. */
     if (syntaxes == NULL)
 	return;
@@ -294,53 +290,12 @@ void color_update(void)
     }
 }
 
-/* Reset the multiline coloring cache for one specific regex (given by
- * index) for lines that need reevaluation. */
-void reset_multis_for_id(filestruct *fileptr, int index)
-{
-    filestruct *row;
-
-    /* Reset the cache of earlier lines, as far back as needed. */
-    for (row = fileptr->prev; row != NULL; row = row->prev) {
-	alloc_multidata_if_needed(row);
-	if (row->multidata[index] == CNONE)
-	    break;
-	row->multidata[index] = -1;
-    }
-    for (; row != NULL; row = row->prev) {
-	alloc_multidata_if_needed(row);
-	if (row->multidata[index] != CNONE)
-	    break;
-	row->multidata[index] = -1;
-    }
-
-    /* Reset the cache of the current line. */
-    fileptr->multidata[index] = -1;
-
-    /* Reset the cache of later lines, as far ahead as needed. */
-    for (row = fileptr->next; row != NULL; row = row->next) {
-	alloc_multidata_if_needed(row);
-	if (row->multidata[index] == CNONE)
-	    break;
-	row->multidata[index] = -1;
-    }
-    for (; row != NULL; row = row->next) {
-	alloc_multidata_if_needed(row);
-	if (row->multidata[index] != CNONE)
-	    break;
-	row->multidata[index] = -1;
-    }
-
-    refresh_needed = TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Reset multi-line strings around the filestruct fileptr, trying to be
- * smart about stopping.  Bool force means: reset everything regardless,
- * useful when we don't know how much screen state has changed. */
-void reset_multis(filestruct *fileptr, bool force)
+/* Determine whether the matches of multiline regexes are still the same,
+ * and if not, schedule a screen refresh, so things will be repainted. */
+void check_the_multis(filestruct *line)
 {
     const colortype *ink;
-    int nobegin = 0, noend = 0;
+    bool astart, anend;
     regmatch_t startmatch, endmatch;
 
     /* If there is no syntax or no multiline regex, there is nothing to do. */
@@ -348,38 +303,34 @@ void reset_multis(filestruct *fileptr, bool force)
 	return;
 
     for (ink = openfile->colorstrings; ink != NULL; ink = ink->next) {
-	/* If it's not a multi-line regex, amscray. */
+	/* If it's not a multiline regex, skip. */
 	if (ink->end == NULL)
 	    continue;
 
-	alloc_multidata_if_needed(fileptr);
+	alloc_multidata_if_needed(line);
 
-	if (force == FALSE) {
-	    /* Check whether the multidata still matches the current situation. */
-	    nobegin = regexec(ink->start, fileptr->data, 1, &startmatch, 0);
-	    noend = regexec(ink->end, fileptr->data, 1, &endmatch, 0);
-	    if ((fileptr->multidata[ink->id] == CWHOLELINE ||
-			fileptr->multidata[ink->id] == CNONE) &&
-			nobegin && noend)
+	astart = (regexec(ink->start, line->data, 1, &startmatch, 0) == 0);
+	anend = (regexec(ink->end, line->data, 1, &endmatch, 0) == 0);
+
+	/* Check whether the multidata still matches the current situation. */
+	if (line->multidata[ink->id] == CNONE ||
+			line->multidata[ink->id] == CWHOLELINE) {
+	    if (!astart && !anend)
 		continue;
-	    else if (fileptr->multidata[ink->id] == CSTARTENDHERE &&
-			!nobegin && !noend && startmatch.rm_so < endmatch.rm_so)
+	} else if (line->multidata[ink->id] == CSTARTENDHERE) {
+	    if (astart && anend && startmatch.rm_so < endmatch.rm_so)
 		continue;
-	    else if (fileptr->multidata[ink->id] == CBEGINBEFORE &&
-			nobegin && !noend)
+	} else if (line->multidata[ink->id] == CBEGINBEFORE) {
+	    if (!astart && anend)
 		continue;
-	    else if (fileptr->multidata[ink->id] == CENDAFTER &&
-			!nobegin && noend)
+	} else if (line->multidata[ink->id] == CENDAFTER) {
+	    if (astart && !anend)
 		continue;
 	}
 
-	/* If we got here, things have changed. */
-	reset_multis_for_id(fileptr, ink->id);
-
-	/* If start and end are the same, push the resets further. */
-	if (force == FALSE && !nobegin && !noend &&
-				startmatch.rm_so == endmatch.rm_so)
-	    reset_multis_for_id(fileptr, ink->id);
+	/* There is a mismatch, so something changed: repaint. */
+	refresh_needed = TRUE;
+	return;
     }
 }
 
@@ -402,103 +353,85 @@ void precalc_multicolorinfo(void)
 {
     const colortype *ink;
     regmatch_t startmatch, endmatch;
-    filestruct *fileptr, *endptr;
+    filestruct *line, *tailline;
 
     if (openfile->colorstrings == NULL || ISSET(NO_COLOR_SYNTAX))
 	return;
 
 #ifdef DEBUG
-    fprintf(stderr, "Entering precalculation of multiline color info\n");
+    fprintf(stderr, "Precalculating the multiline color info...\n");
 #endif
 
     for (ink = openfile->colorstrings; ink != NULL; ink = ink->next) {
 	/* If this is not a multi-line regex, skip it. */
 	if (ink->end == NULL)
 	    continue;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-	fprintf(stderr, "Starting work on color id %d\n", ink->id);
-#endif
 
-	for (fileptr = openfile->fileage; fileptr != NULL; fileptr = fileptr->next) {
-	    int startx = 0, nostart = 0;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-	    fprintf(stderr, "working on lineno %ld... ", (long)fileptr->lineno);
-#endif
-	    alloc_multidata_if_needed(fileptr);
+	for (line = openfile->fileage; line != NULL; line = line->next) {
+	    int index = 0;
 
-	    while ((nostart = regexec(ink->start, &fileptr->data[startx], 1,
-			&startmatch, (startx == 0) ? 0 : REG_NOTBOL)) == 0) {
-		/* Look for an end, and start marking how many lines are
-		 * encompassed, which should speed up rendering later. */
-		startx += startmatch.rm_eo;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		fprintf(stderr, "start found at pos %lu... ", (unsigned long)startx);
-#endif
-		/* Look first on this line for an end. */
-		if (regexec(ink->end, &fileptr->data[startx], 1,
-			&endmatch, (startx == 0) ? 0 : REG_NOTBOL) == 0) {
-		    startx += endmatch.rm_eo;
-		    /* Step ahead when both start and end are mere anchors. */
+	    alloc_multidata_if_needed(line);
+	    /* Assume nothing applies until proven otherwise below. */
+	    line->multidata[ink->id] = CNONE;
+
+	    /* For an unpaired start match, mark all remaining lines. */
+	    if (line->prev && line->prev->multidata[ink->id] == CWOULDBE) {
+		line->multidata[ink->id] = CWOULDBE;
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	    /* When the line contains a start match, look for an end, and if
+	     * found, mark all the lines that are affected. */
+	    while (regexec(ink->start, line->data + index, 1,
+			&startmatch, (index == 0) ? 0 : REG_NOTBOL) == 0) {
+		/* Begin looking for an end match after the start match. */
+		index += startmatch.rm_eo;
+
+		/* If there is an end match on this line, mark the line, but
+		 * continue looking for other starts after it. */
+		if (regexec(ink->end, line->data + index, 1,
+			&endmatch, (index == 0) ? 0 : REG_NOTBOL) == 0) {
+		    line->multidata[ink->id] = CSTARTENDHERE;
+		    index += endmatch.rm_eo;
+		    /* If both start and end are mere anchors, step ahead. */
 		    if (startmatch.rm_so == startmatch.rm_eo &&
-				endmatch.rm_so == endmatch.rm_eo)
-			startx += 1;
-		    fileptr->multidata[ink->id] = CSTARTENDHERE;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		    fprintf(stderr, "end found on this line\n");
-#endif
+				endmatch.rm_so == endmatch.rm_eo) {
+			/* When at end-of-line, we're done. */
+			if (line->data[index] == '\0')
+			    break;
+			index = move_mbright(line->data, index);
+		    }
 		    continue;
 		}
 
-		/* Nice, we didn't find the end regex on this line.  Let's start looking for it. */
-		for (endptr = fileptr->next; endptr != NULL; endptr = endptr->next) {
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		    fprintf(stderr, "\nadvancing to line %ld to find end... ", (long)endptr->lineno);
-#endif
-		    if (regexec(ink->end, endptr->data, 1, &endmatch, 0) == 0)
+		/* Look for an end match on later lines. */
+		tailline = line->next;
+
+		while (tailline != NULL) {
+		    if (regexec(ink->end, tailline->data, 1, &endmatch, 0) == 0)
 			break;
+		    tailline = tailline->next;
 		}
 
-		if (endptr == NULL) {
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		    fprintf(stderr, "no end found, breaking out\n");
-#endif
+		if (tailline == NULL) {
+		    line->multidata[ink->id] = CWOULDBE;
 		    break;
 		}
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		fprintf(stderr, "end found\n");
-#endif
+
 		/* We found it, we found it, la la la la la.  Mark all
 		 * the lines in between and the end properly. */
-		fileptr->multidata[ink->id] = CENDAFTER;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		fprintf(stderr, "marking line %ld as CENDAFTER\n", (long)fileptr->lineno);
-#endif
-		for (fileptr = fileptr->next; fileptr != endptr; fileptr = fileptr->next) {
-		    alloc_multidata_if_needed(fileptr);
-		    fileptr->multidata[ink->id] = CWHOLELINE;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		    fprintf(stderr, "marking intermediary line %ld as CWHOLELINE\n", (long)fileptr->lineno);
-#endif
+		line->multidata[ink->id] = CENDAFTER;
+
+		for (line = line->next; line != tailline; line = line->next) {
+		    alloc_multidata_if_needed(line);
+		    line->multidata[ink->id] = CWHOLELINE;
 		}
 
-		alloc_multidata_if_needed(endptr);
-		fileptr->multidata[ink->id] = CBEGINBEFORE;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		fprintf(stderr, "marking line %ld as CBEGINBEFORE\n", (long)fileptr->lineno);
-#endif
-		/* Skip to the end point of the match. */
-		startx = endmatch.rm_eo;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		fprintf(stderr, "jumping to line %ld pos %lu to continue\n", (long)fileptr->lineno, (unsigned long)startx);
-#endif
-	    }
+		alloc_multidata_if_needed(tailline);
+		tailline->multidata[ink->id] = CBEGINBEFORE;
 
-	    if (nostart && startx == 0) {
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		fprintf(stderr, "no match\n");
-#endif
-		fileptr->multidata[ink->id] = CNONE;
-		continue;
+		/* Begin looking for a new start after the end match. */
+		index = endmatch.rm_eo;
 	    }
 	}
     }

src/cut.c

@@ -49,10 +49,10 @@ inline bool keeping_cutbuffer(void)
 void cut_line(void)
 {
     if (openfile->current != openfile->filebot)
-	move_to_filestruct(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current, 0,
+	extract_buffer(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current, 0,
 		openfile->current->next, 0);
     else
-	move_to_filestruct(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current, 0,
+	extract_buffer(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current, 0,
 		openfile->current, strlen(openfile->current->data));
     openfile->placewewant = 0;
 }
@@ -60,15 +60,15 @@ void cut_line(void)
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
 /* Move all currently marked text into the cutbuffer, and set the
  * current place we want to where the text used to start. */
-void cut_marked(void)
+void cut_marked(bool *right_side_up)
 {
     filestruct *top, *bot;
     size_t top_x, bot_x;
 
     mark_order((const filestruct **)&top, &top_x,
-		(const filestruct **)&bot, &bot_x, NULL);
+		(const filestruct **)&bot, &bot_x, right_side_up);
 
-    move_to_filestruct(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, top, top_x, bot, bot_x);
+    extract_buffer(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, top, top_x, bot, bot_x);
     openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
 }
 
@@ -82,20 +82,18 @@ void cut_to_eol(void)
 {
     size_t data_len = strlen(openfile->current->data);
 
-    assert(openfile->current_x <= data_len);
-
     if (openfile->current_x < data_len)
 	/* If we're not at the end of the line, move all the text from
 	 * the current position up to it, not counting the newline at
 	 * the end, into the cutbuffer. */
-	move_to_filestruct(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current,
+	extract_buffer(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current,
 		openfile->current_x, openfile->current, data_len);
     else if (openfile->current != openfile->filebot) {
 	/* If we're at the end of the line, and it isn't the last line
 	 * of the file, move all the text from the current position up
 	 * to the beginning of the next line, i.e. the newline at the
 	 * end, into the cutbuffer. */
-	move_to_filestruct(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current,
+	extract_buffer(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current,
 		openfile->current_x, openfile->current->next, 0);
 	openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
     }
@@ -105,7 +103,7 @@ void cut_to_eol(void)
  * file into the cutbuffer. */
 void cut_to_eof(void)
 {
-    move_to_filestruct(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom,
+    extract_buffer(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom,
 		openfile->current, openfile->current_x,
 		openfile->filebot, strlen(openfile->filebot->data));
 }
@@ -124,45 +122,39 @@ void do_cut_text(bool copy_text, bool cut_till_eof)
 	/* The length of the string at the current end of the cutbuffer,
 	 * before we add text to it. */
     bool old_no_newlines = ISSET(NO_NEWLINES);
+    bool right_side_up = TRUE;
+	/* There *is* no region, *or* it is marked forward. */
 #endif
+    size_t was_totsize = openfile->totsize;
 
-    assert(openfile->current != NULL && openfile->current->data != NULL);
-
-    /* Empty the cutbuffer when a chain of cuts is broken. */
+    /* If a chain of cuts was broken, empty the cutbuffer. */
     if (!keep_cutbuffer) {
 	free_filestruct(cutbuffer);
 	cutbuffer = NULL;
 #ifdef DEBUG
 	fprintf(stderr, "Blew away cutbuffer =)\n");
 #endif
+	/* Indicate that future cuts should add to the cutbuffer. */
+	keep_cutbuffer = TRUE;
     }
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     if (copy_text) {
+	/* If the cutbuffer isn't empty, remember where it currently ends. */
 	if (cutbuffer != NULL) {
-	    /* If the cutbuffer isn't empty, save where it currently
-	     * ends.  This is where we'll add the new text. */
 	    cb_save = cutbottom;
 	    cb_save_len = strlen(cutbottom->data);
 	}
-
-	/* Set NO_NEWLINES to TRUE, so that we don't disturb the last
-	 * line of the file when moving text to the cutbuffer. */
+	/* Don't add a magicline when moving text to the cutbuffer. */
 	SET(NO_NEWLINES);
     }
-#endif
 
-    /* Ensure that the text we're going to move into the cutbuffer will
-     * be added to the text already there, instead of replacing it. */
-    keep_cutbuffer = TRUE;
-
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
     if (cut_till_eof) {
 	/* Move all text up to the end of the file into the cutbuffer. */
 	cut_to_eof();
     } else if (openfile->mark_set) {
 	/* Move the marked text to the cutbuffer, and turn the mark off. */
-	cut_marked();
+	cut_marked(&right_side_up);
 	openfile->mark_set = FALSE;
     } else if (ISSET(CUT_TO_END))
 	/* Move all text up to the end of the line into the cutbuffer. */
@@ -174,35 +166,35 @@ void do_cut_text(bool copy_text, bool cut_till_eof)
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     if (copy_text) {
-	/* Copy the text in the cutbuffer, starting at its saved end if
-	 * there is one, back into the filestruct.  This effectively
-	 * uncuts the text we just cut without marking the file as
-	 * modified. */
+	/* Copy the text that is in the cutbuffer (starting at its saved end,
+	 * if there is one) back into the current buffer.  This effectively
+	 * uncuts the text we just cut. */
 	if (cutbuffer != NULL) {
 	    if (cb_save != NULL) {
 		cb_save->data += cb_save_len;
-		copy_from_filestruct(cb_save);
+		copy_from_buffer(cb_save);
 		cb_save->data -= cb_save_len;
 	    } else
-		copy_from_filestruct(cutbuffer);
+		copy_from_buffer(cutbuffer);
 
-	    /* Set the current place we want to where the text from the
-	     * cutbuffer ends. */
-	    openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
+	    /* If the copied region was marked forward, put the new desired
+	     * x position at its end; otherwise, leave it at its beginning. */
+	    if (right_side_up)
+		openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
 	}
-
-	/* Set NO_NEWLINES back to what it was before, since we're done
-	 * disturbing the text. */
+	/* Restore the magicline behavior now that we're done fiddling. */
 	if (!old_no_newlines)
 	    UNSET(NO_NEWLINES);
     } else
 #endif /* !NANO_TINY */
+    /* Only set the modification flag if actually something was cut. */
+    if (openfile->totsize != was_totsize)
 	set_modified();
 
     refresh_needed = TRUE;
 
 #ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
-    reset_multis(openfile->current, FALSE);
+    check_the_multis(openfile->current);
 #endif
 
 #ifdef DEBUG
@@ -231,8 +223,9 @@ void do_copy_text(void)
     static struct filestruct *next_contiguous_line = NULL;
     bool mark_set = openfile->mark_set;
 
-    /* Remember the current view port and cursor position. */
+    /* Remember the current viewport and cursor position. */
     ssize_t is_edittop_lineno = openfile->edittop->lineno;
+    size_t is_firstcolumn = openfile->firstcolumn;
     ssize_t is_current_lineno = openfile->current->lineno;
     size_t is_current_x = openfile->current_x;
 
@@ -245,8 +238,9 @@ void do_copy_text(void)
     next_contiguous_line = (mark_set ? NULL : openfile->current);
 
     if (mark_set) {
-	/* Restore the view port and cursor position. */
+	/* Restore the viewport and cursor position. */
 	openfile->edittop = fsfromline(is_edittop_lineno);
+	openfile->firstcolumn = is_firstcolumn;
 	openfile->current = fsfromline(is_current_lineno);
 	openfile->current_x = is_current_x;
     }
@@ -264,40 +258,47 @@ void do_cut_till_eof(void)
 /* Copy text from the cutbuffer into the current filestruct. */
 void do_uncut_text(void)
 {
-    int was_lineno = openfile->current->lineno;
+    ssize_t was_lineno = openfile->current->lineno;
+	/* The line number where we started the paste. */
+    size_t was_leftedge = 0;
+	/* The leftedge where we started the paste. */
 
-    assert(openfile->current != NULL && openfile->current->data != NULL);
-
-    /* If the cutbuffer is empty, get out. */
+    /* If the cutbuffer is empty, there is nothing to do. */
     if (cutbuffer == NULL)
 	return;
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     add_undo(PASTE);
+
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP))
+	was_leftedge = (xplustabs() / editwincols) * editwincols;
 #endif
 
     /* Add a copy of the text in the cutbuffer to the current filestruct
      * at the current cursor position. */
-    copy_from_filestruct(cutbuffer);
+    copy_from_buffer(cutbuffer);
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     update_undo(PASTE);
 #endif
 
-    if (openfile->current->lineno - was_lineno < editwinrows)
+    /* If we pasted less than a screenful, don't center the cursor. */
+    if (less_than_a_screenful(was_lineno, was_leftedge))
 	focusing = FALSE;
 
-    /* Set the current place we want to where the text from the
-     * cutbuffer ends. */
+    /* Set the desired x position to where the pasted text ends. */
     openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
 
     /* Mark the file as modified. */
     set_modified();
 
+    /* Update the cursor position to account for the inserted lines. */
+    reset_cursor();
+
     refresh_needed = TRUE;
 
 #ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
-    reset_multis(openfile->current, FALSE);
+    check_the_multis(openfile->current);
 #endif
 
 #ifdef DEBUG

src/files.c

@@ -29,7 +29,9 @@
 #include <fcntl.h>
 #include <errno.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_PWD_H
 #include <pwd.h>
+#endif
 #include <libgen.h>
 
 #define LOCKBUFSIZE 8192
@@ -91,7 +93,6 @@ void make_new_buffer(void)
 
     initialize_buffer_text();
 
-    openfile->current_x = 0;
     openfile->placewewant = 0;
     openfile->current_y = 0;
 
@@ -129,6 +130,8 @@ void initialize_buffer_text(void)
     openfile->edittop = openfile->fileage;
     openfile->current = openfile->fileage;
 
+    openfile->firstcolumn = 0;
+    openfile->current_x = 0;
     openfile->totsize = 0;
 }
 
@@ -146,13 +149,9 @@ void set_modified(void)
     if (!ISSET(LOCKING) || openfile->filename[0] == '\0')
 	return;
 
-    if (openfile->lock_filename == NULL) {
-	/* TRANSLATORS: Keep the next ten messages at most 76 characters. */
-//	statusline(ALERT, _("Warning: Modifying a file which is not locked,"
-//			" check directory permission?"));
-	;
-    } else {
+    if (openfile->lock_filename != NULL) {
 	char *fullname = get_full_path(openfile->filename);
+
 	write_lockfile(openfile->lock_filename, fullname, TRUE);
 	free(fullname);
     }
@@ -172,6 +171,7 @@ void set_modified(void)
  * Returns 1 on success, and 0 on failure (but continue anyway). */
 int write_lockfile(const char *lockfilename, const char *origfilename, bool modified)
 {
+#ifdef HAVE_PWD_H
     int cflags, fd;
     FILE *filestream;
     pid_t mypid;
@@ -188,6 +188,7 @@ int write_lockfile(const char *lockfilename, const char *origfilename, bool modi
 
     /* First run things that might fail before blowing away the old state. */
     if ((mypwuid = getpwuid(myuid)) == NULL) {
+	/* TRANSLATORS: Keep the next eight messages at most 76 characters. */
 	statusline(MILD, _("Couldn't determine my identity for lock file "
 				"(getpwuid() failed)"));
 	goto free_the_data;
@@ -287,6 +288,9 @@ int write_lockfile(const char *lockfilename, const char *origfilename, bool modi
   free_the_data:
     free(lockdata);
     return 0;
+#else
+    return 1;
+#endif
 }
 
 /* Delete the lockfile.  Return -1 if unsuccessful, and 1 otherwise. */
@@ -548,6 +552,39 @@ void replace_buffer(const char *filename)
     /* Put current at a place that is certain to exist. */
     openfile->current = openfile->fileage;
 }
+
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+/* Open the specified file, and if that succeeds, blow away the text of
+ * the current buffer at the given coordinates and read the file
+ * contents into its place. */
+void replace_marked_buffer(const char *filename, filestruct *top, size_t top_x,
+	filestruct *bot, size_t bot_x)
+{
+    FILE *f;
+    int descriptor;
+    bool old_no_newlines = ISSET(NO_NEWLINES);
+    filestruct *trash_top = NULL;
+    filestruct *trash_bot = NULL;
+
+    descriptor = open_file(filename, FALSE, TRUE, &f);
+
+    if (descriptor < 0)
+	return;
+
+    /* Don't add a magicline when replacing text in the buffer. */
+    SET(NO_NEWLINES);
+
+    /* Throw away the text under the mark, and insert the processed file
+     * where the marked text was. */
+    extract_buffer(&trash_top, &trash_bot, top, top_x, bot, bot_x);
+    free_filestruct(trash_top);
+    read_file(f, descriptor, filename, FALSE, TRUE);
+
+    /* Restore the magicline behavior now that we're done fiddling. */
+    if (!old_no_newlines)
+	UNSET(NO_NEWLINES);
+}
+#endif /* !ENABLE_TINY */
 #endif /* !DISABLE_SPELLER */
 
 /* Update the screen to account for the current buffer. */
@@ -591,6 +628,14 @@ void switch_to_prevnext_buffer(bool to_next)
     fprintf(stderr, "filename is %s\n", openfile->filename);
 #endif
 
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+    /* When not in softwrap mode, make sure firstcolumn is zero.  It might
+     * be nonzero if we had softwrap mode on while in this buffer, and then
+     * turned softwrap mode off while in a different buffer. */
+    if (!ISSET(SOFTWRAP))
+	openfile->firstcolumn = 0;
+#endif
+
     /* Update the screen to account for the current buffer. */
     display_buffer();
 
@@ -686,44 +731,14 @@ int is_file_writable(const char *filename)
     return result;
 }
 
-/* Make a new line of text from the given buf, which is of length buf_len.
- * Then attach this line after prevnode. */
-filestruct *read_line(char *buf, size_t buf_len, filestruct *prevnode)
+/* Encode any NUL bytes in the given line of text, which is of length buf_len,
+ * and return a dynamically allocated copy of the resultant string. */
+char *encode_data(char *buf, size_t buf_len)
 {
-    filestruct *freshline = (filestruct *)nmalloc(sizeof(filestruct));
-
-    /* Convert nulls to newlines.  buf_len is the string's real length. */
     unsunder(buf, buf_len);
     buf[buf_len] = '\0';
 
-    assert(openfile->fileage != NULL && strlen(buf) == buf_len);
-
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-    /* If file conversion isn't disabled, strip a '\r' from the line. */
-    if (buf_len > 0 && buf[buf_len - 1] == '\r' && !ISSET(NO_CONVERT))
-	buf[buf_len - 1] = '\0';
-#endif
-
-    freshline->data = mallocstrcpy(NULL, buf);
-
-#ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
-    freshline->multidata = NULL;
-#endif
-
-    freshline->prev = prevnode;
-
-    if (prevnode == NULL) {
-	/* Special case: we're inserting into the first line. */
-	freshline->next = openfile->fileage;
-	openfile->fileage = freshline;
-	freshline->lineno = 1;
-    } else {
-	prevnode->next = freshline;
-	freshline->next = NULL;
-	freshline->lineno = prevnode->lineno + 1;
-    }
-
-    return freshline;
+    return mallocstrcpy(NULL, buf);
 }
 
 /* Read an open file into the current buffer.  f should be set to the
@@ -731,25 +746,32 @@ filestruct *read_line(char *buf, size_t buf_len, filestruct *prevnode)
  * undoable means do we want to create undo records to try and undo
  * this.  Will also attempt to check file writability if fd > 0 and
  * checkwritable == TRUE. */
-void read_file(FILE *f, int fd, const char *filename, bool undoable, bool checkwritable)
+void read_file(FILE *f, int fd, const char *filename, bool undoable,
+		bool checkwritable)
 {
+    ssize_t was_lineno = openfile->current->lineno;
+	/* The line number where we start the insertion. */
+    size_t was_leftedge = 0;
+	/* The leftedge where we start the insertion. */
     size_t num_lines = 0;
 	/* The number of lines in the file. */
     size_t len = 0;
 	/* The length of the current line of the file. */
-    size_t bufx = MAX_BUF_SIZE;
-	/* The size of each chunk of the file that we read. */
     char input = '\0';
 	/* The current input character. */
     char *buf;
-	/* The buffer where we store chunks of the file. */
-    filestruct *fileptr = openfile->current->prev;
-	/* The line after which to start inserting. */
+	/* The buffer in which we assemble each line of the file. */
+    size_t bufx = MAX_BUF_SIZE;
+	/* The allocated size of the line buffer; increased as needed. */
+    filestruct *topline;
+	/* The top of the new buffer where we store the read file. */
+    filestruct *bottomline;
+	/* The bottom of the new buffer. */
     int input_int;
 	/* The current value we read from the file, whether an input
 	 * character or EOF. */
     bool writable = TRUE;
-	/* Is the file writable (if we care) */
+	/* Whether the file is writable (in case we care). */
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     int format = 0;
 	/* 0 = *nix, 1 = DOS, 2 = Mac, 3 = both DOS and Mac. */
@@ -760,9 +782,16 @@ void read_file(FILE *f, int fd, const char *filename, bool undoable, bool checkw
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     if (undoable)
 	add_undo(INSERT);
+
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP))
+	was_leftedge = (xplustabs() / editwincols) * editwincols;
 #endif
 
-    /* Read the entire file into the filestruct. */
+    /* Create an empty buffer. */
+    topline = make_new_node(NULL);
+    bottomline = topline;
+
+    /* Read the entire file into the new buffer. */
     while ((input_int = getc(f)) != EOF) {
 	input = (char)input_int;
 
@@ -779,14 +808,6 @@ void read_file(FILE *f, int fd, const char *filename, bool undoable, bool checkw
 		if (format == 0 || format == 2)
 		    format++;
 	    }
-#endif
-	    /* Read in the line properly. */
-	    fileptr = read_line(buf, len, fileptr);
-	    num_lines++;
-
-	    /* Reset the length in preparation for the next line. */
-	    len = 0;
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
 	/* If it's a Mac file ('\r' without '\n' on the first line if we
 	 * think it's a *nix file, or on any line otherwise), and file
 	 * conversion isn't disabled, handle it! */
@@ -797,15 +818,6 @@ void read_file(FILE *f, int fd, const char *filename, bool undoable, bool checkw
 	     * set format to both DOS and Mac. */
 	    if (format == 0 || format == 1)
 		format += 2;
-
-	    /* Read in the line properly. */
-	    fileptr = read_line(buf, len, fileptr);
-	    num_lines++;
-
-	    /* Store the character after the \r as the first character
-	     * of the next line. */
-	    buf[0] = input;
-	    len = 1;
 #endif
 	} else {
 	    /* Store the character. */
@@ -821,7 +833,30 @@ void read_file(FILE *f, int fd, const char *filename, bool undoable, bool checkw
 		bufx += MAX_BUF_SIZE;
 		buf = charealloc(buf, bufx);
 	    }
+	    continue;
 	}
+
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+	/* If it's a DOS or Mac line, strip the '\r' from it. */
+	if (len > 0 && buf[len - 1] == '\r' && !ISSET(NO_CONVERT))
+	    buf[--len] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+	/* Store the data and make a new line. */
+	bottomline->data = encode_data(buf, len);
+	bottomline->next = make_new_node(bottomline);
+	bottomline = bottomline->next;
+	num_lines++;
+
+	/* Reset the length in preparation for the next line. */
+	len = 0;
+
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+	/* If it happens to be a Mac line, store the character after the \r
+	 * as the first character of the next line. */
+	if (input != '\n')
+	    buf[len++] = input;
+#endif
     }
 
     /* Perhaps this could use some better handling. */
@@ -833,81 +868,45 @@ void read_file(FILE *f, int fd, const char *filename, bool undoable, bool checkw
 	writable = is_file_writable(filename);
     }
 
-    /* Did we not get a newline and still have stuff to do? */
-    if (len > 0) {
+    /* If the file ended with newline, or it was entirely empty, make the
+     * last line blank.  Otherwise, put the last read data in. */
+    if (len == 0)
+	bottomline->data = mallocstrcpy(NULL, "");
+    else {
+	bool mac_line_needs_newline = FALSE;
+
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
-	/* If file conversion isn't disabled and the last character in
-	 * This file is '\r', set format to Mac if we currently think
-	 * the file is a *nix file, or to both DOS and Mac if we
-	 * currently think the file is a DOS file. */
-	if (buf[len - 1] == '\r' && !ISSET(NO_CONVERT) && format < 2)
-	    format += 2;
+	/* If the final character is '\r', and file conversion isn't disabled,
+	 * set format to Mac if we currently think the file is a *nix file, or
+	 * to DOS-and-Mac if we currently think it is a DOS file. */
+	if (buf[len - 1] == '\r' && !ISSET(NO_CONVERT)) {
+	    if (format < 2)
+		format += 2;
+
+	    /* Strip the carriage return. */
+	    buf[--len] = '\0';
+
+	    /* Indicate we need to put a blank line in after this one. */
+	    mac_line_needs_newline = TRUE;
+	}
 #endif
-	/* Read in the last line properly. */
-	fileptr = read_line(buf, len, fileptr);
+	/* Store the data of the final line. */
+	bottomline->data = encode_data(buf, len);
 	num_lines++;
+
+	if (mac_line_needs_newline) {
+	    bottomline->next = make_new_node(bottomline);
+	    bottomline = bottomline->next;
+	    bottomline->data = mallocstrcpy(NULL, "");
+	}
     }
 
     free(buf);
 
-    /* Attach the file we got to the filestruct.  If we got a file of
-     * zero bytes, don't do anything. */
-    if (num_lines > 0) {
-	/* If the file we got doesn't end in a newline (nor in a Mac return),
-	 * tack its last line onto the beginning of the line at current. */
-	if (len > 0 && (input != '\r' || ISSET(NO_CONVERT))) {
-	    filestruct *dropline = fileptr;
-	    size_t current_len = strlen(openfile->current->data);
+    /* Insert the just read buffer into the current one. */
+    ingraft_buffer(topline);
 
-	    /* Adjust the current x-coordinate to compensate for the
-	     * change in the current line. */
-	    if (num_lines == 1)
-		openfile->current_x += len;
-	    else
-		openfile->current_x = len;
-
-	    /* Tack the text at fileptr onto the beginning of the text
-	     * at current. */
-	    openfile->current->data = charealloc(openfile->current->data,
-						len + current_len + 1);
-	    charmove(openfile->current->data + len, openfile->current->data,
-			current_len + 1);
-	    strncpy(openfile->current->data, fileptr->data, len);
-
-	    /* Step back one line, and blow away the unterminated line,
-	     * since its text has been copied into current. */
-	    fileptr = fileptr->prev;
-	    delete_node(dropline);
-	}
-
-	if (fileptr == NULL)
-	    /* After inserting a single unterminated line at the top,
-	     * readjust the top-of-file pointer. */
-	    openfile->fileage = openfile->current;
-	else {
-	    /* Attach the line at current after the line at fileptr. */
-	    fileptr->next = openfile->current;
-	    openfile->current->prev = fileptr;
-	}
-
-	/* Renumber, starting with the last line of the file we inserted. */
-	renumber(openfile->current);
-    }
-
-    openfile->totsize += get_totsize(openfile->fileage, openfile->filebot);
-
-    /* If the NO_NEWLINES flag isn't set, and text has been added to
-     * the magicline (i.e. a file that doesn't end in a newline has been
-     * inserted at the end of the current buffer), add a new magicline,
-     * and move the current line down to it. */
-    if (!ISSET(NO_NEWLINES) && openfile->filebot->data[0] != '\0') {
-	new_magicline();
-	openfile->current = openfile->filebot;
-	openfile->current_x = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the current place we want to the end of the last line of the
-     * file we inserted. */
+    /* Set the desired x position at the end of what was inserted. */
     openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
 
     if (!writable)
@@ -934,7 +933,8 @@ void read_file(FILE *f, int fd, const char *filename, bool undoable, bool checkw
 	statusline(HUSH, P_("Read %lu line", "Read %lu lines",
 			(unsigned long)num_lines), (unsigned long)num_lines);
 
-    if (num_lines < editwinrows)
+    /* If we inserted less than a screenful, don't center the cursor. */
+    if (less_than_a_screenful(was_lineno, was_leftedge))
 	focusing = FALSE;
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
@@ -1043,9 +1043,8 @@ char *get_next_filename(const char *name, const char *suffix)
 	sprintf(buf + wholenamelen, ".%lu", i);
     }
 
-    /* We get here only if there is no possible save file.  Blank out
-     * the filename to indicate this. */
-    null_at(&buf, 0);
+    /* There is no possible save file: blank out the filename. */
+    *buf = '\0';
 
     return buf;
 }
@@ -1059,7 +1058,7 @@ void do_insertfile(void)
     char *given = mallocstrcpy(NULL, "");
 	/* The last answer the user typed at the statusbar prompt. */
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
-    bool execute = FALSE, right_side_up = FALSE, single_line = FALSE;
+    bool execute = FALSE;
 #endif
 
     /* Display newlines in filenames as ^J. */
@@ -1070,27 +1069,25 @@ void do_insertfile(void)
 	if (execute) {
 #ifndef DISABLE_MULTIBUFFER
 	    if (ISSET(MULTIBUFFER))
-		msg = _("Command to execute in new buffer [from %s] ");
+		/* TRANSLATORS: The next four messages are prompts. */
+		msg = _("Command to execute in new buffer");
 	    else
 #endif
-		msg = _("Command to execute [from %s] ");
+		msg = _("Command to execute");
 	} else
 #endif /* NANO_TINY */
 	{
 #ifndef DISABLE_MULTIBUFFER
 	    if (ISSET(MULTIBUFFER))
-		msg = _("File to insert into new buffer [from %s] ");
+		msg = _("File to insert into new buffer [from %s]");
 	    else
 #endif
-		msg = _("File to insert [from %s] ");
+		msg = _("File to insert [from %s]");
 	}
 
 	present_path = mallocstrcpy(present_path, "./");
 
-	i = do_prompt(TRUE,
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
-		TRUE,
-#endif
+	i = do_prompt(TRUE, TRUE,
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
 		execute ? MEXTCMD :
 #endif
@@ -1100,8 +1097,7 @@ void do_insertfile(void)
 #endif
 		edit_refresh, msg,
 #ifndef DISABLE_OPERATINGDIR
-		operating_dir != NULL && strcmp(operating_dir, ".") != 0 ?
-		operating_dir :
+		operating_dir != NULL ? operating_dir :
 #endif
 		"./");
 
@@ -1111,12 +1107,8 @@ void do_insertfile(void)
 	    statusbar(_("Cancelled"));
 	    break;
 	} else {
-	    filestruct *edittop_save = openfile->edittop;
 	    ssize_t was_current_lineno = openfile->current->lineno;
 	    size_t was_current_x = openfile->current_x;
-	    ssize_t was_current_y = openfile->current_y;
-	    bool current_was_at_top = FALSE;
-	    size_t pww_save = openfile->placewewant;
 #if !defined(NANO_TINY) || !defined(DISABLE_BROWSER)
 	    functionptrtype func = func_from_key(&i);
 #endif
@@ -1156,29 +1148,6 @@ void do_insertfile(void)
 	    if (i != 0 && (!ISSET(MULTIBUFFER) || i != -2))
 		continue;
 
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-	    /* Keep track of whether the mark begins inside the
-	     * partition and will need adjustment. */
-	    if (openfile->mark_set) {
-		filestruct *top, *bot;
-		size_t top_x, bot_x;
-
-		mark_order((const filestruct **)&top, &top_x,
-			(const filestruct **)&bot, &bot_x, &right_side_up);
-
-		single_line = (top == bot);
-	    }
-#endif
-	    /* When not inserting into a new buffer, partition the filestruct
-	     * so that it contains no text and hence looks like a new buffer,
-	     * and remember whether the current line is the first on screen. */
-	    if (!ISSET(MULTIBUFFER)) {
-		filepart = partition_filestruct(openfile->current,
-			openfile->current_x, openfile->current,
-			openfile->current_x);
-		current_was_at_top = (openfile->edittop == openfile->fileage);
-	    }
-
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
 	    if (execute) {
 #ifndef DISABLE_MULTIBUFFER
@@ -1227,65 +1196,14 @@ void do_insertfile(void)
 	    } else
 #endif /* !DISABLE_MULTIBUFFER */
 	    {
-		filestruct *top_save = openfile->fileage;
-
-		/* If we were at the top of the edit window before, change the
-		 * saved value of edittop to the start of inserted stuff. */
-		if (current_was_at_top)
-		    edittop_save = openfile->fileage;
-
-		/* Update the current x-coordinate to account for the
-		 * number of characters inserted on the current line.
-		 * If the mark was positioned after the cursor and on the
-		 * same line, adjust the mark's coordinates to compensate
-		 * for the change in this line. */
-		openfile->current_x = strlen(openfile->filebot->data);
-		if (openfile->fileage == openfile->filebot) {
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-		    if (openfile->mark_set) {
-			openfile->mark_begin = openfile->current;
-			if (!right_side_up)
-			    openfile->mark_begin_x += openfile->current_x;
-		    }
-#endif
-		    openfile->current_x += was_current_x;
-		}
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-		else if (openfile->mark_set) {
-		    if (!right_side_up) {
-			if (single_line) {
-			    openfile->mark_begin = openfile->current;
-			    openfile->mark_begin_x -= was_current_x;
-			} else
-			    openfile->mark_begin_x -= openfile->current_x;
-		    }
-		}
-#endif
-		/* Update the current y-coordinate to account for the
-		 * number of lines inserted. */
-		openfile->current_y += was_current_y;
-
-		/* Unpartition the filestruct so that it contains all
-		 * the text again.  Note that we've replaced the
-		 * non-text originally in the partition with the text in
-		 * the inserted file/executed command output. */
-		unpartition_filestruct(&filepart);
-
-		/* Renumber starting with the beginning line of the old
-		 * partition. */
-		renumber(top_save);
-
-		/* Restore the old edittop. */
-		openfile->edittop = edittop_save;
-
-		/* Restore the old place we want. */
-		openfile->placewewant = pww_save;
-
 		/* Mark the file as modified if it changed. */
 		if (openfile->current->lineno != was_current_lineno ||
 			openfile->current_x != was_current_x)
 		    set_modified();
 
+		/* Update the cursor position to account for inserted lines. */
+		reset_cursor();
+
 		refresh_needed = TRUE;
 	    }
 
@@ -1296,21 +1214,16 @@ void do_insertfile(void)
     free(given);
 }
 
-/* Insert a file into a new buffer or the current buffer, depending on
- * whether the MULTIBUFFER flag is set.  If we're in view mode, only
- * allow inserting a file into a new buffer. */
+/* If the current mode of operation allows it, go insert a file. */
 void do_insertfile_void(void)
 {
-    if (ISSET(RESTRICTED)) {
+    if (ISSET(RESTRICTED))
 	show_restricted_warning();
-	return;
-    }
-
 #ifndef DISABLE_MULTIBUFFER
-    if (ISSET(VIEW_MODE) && !ISSET(MULTIBUFFER))
+    else if (ISSET(VIEW_MODE) && !ISSET(MULTIBUFFER))
 	statusbar(_("Key invalid in non-multibuffer mode"));
-    else
 #endif
+    else
 	do_insertfile();
 }
 
@@ -1326,7 +1239,7 @@ char *get_full_path(const char *origpath)
 	/* How often we've tried climbing back up the tree. */
     struct stat fileinfo;
     char *currentdir, *d_here, *d_there, *d_there_file = NULL;
-    const char *last_slash;
+    char *last_slash;
     bool path_only;
 
     if (origpath == NULL)
@@ -1392,7 +1305,7 @@ char *get_full_path(const char *origpath)
 	    d_there_file = mallocstrcpy(NULL, last_slash + 1);
 
 	/* Remove the filename portion of the answer from d_there. */
-	null_at(&d_there, last_slash - d_there + 1);
+	*(last_slash + 1) = '\0';
 
 	/* Go to the path specified in d_there. */
 	if (chdir(d_there) == -1) {
@@ -1528,7 +1441,7 @@ void init_operating_dir(void)
 
     /* If the operating directory is inaccessible, fail. */
     if (full_operating_dir == NULL || chdir(full_operating_dir) == -1)
-	die("Invalid operating directory\n");
+	die(_("Invalid operating directory\n"));
 
     snuggly_fit(&full_operating_dir);
 }
@@ -2230,10 +2143,7 @@ int do_writeout(bool exiting)
 	/* If we're using restricted mode, and the filename isn't blank,
 	 * disable tab completion. */
 	i = do_prompt(!ISSET(RESTRICTED) || openfile->filename[0] == '\0',
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
-		TRUE,
-#endif
-		MWRITEFILE, given,
+		TRUE, MWRITEFILE, given,
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
 		NULL,
 #endif
@@ -2452,6 +2362,7 @@ char *real_dir_from_tilde(const char *buf)
 	    get_homedir();
 	    tilde_dir = mallocstrcpy(NULL, homedir);
 	} else {
+#ifdef HAVE_PWD_H
 	    const struct passwd *userdata;
 
 	    tilde_dir = mallocstrncpy(NULL, buf, i + 1);
@@ -2464,6 +2375,9 @@ char *real_dir_from_tilde(const char *buf)
 	    endpwent();
 	    if (userdata != NULL)
 		tilde_dir = mallocstrcpy(tilde_dir, userdata->pw_dir);
+#else
+	    tilde_dir = strdup("");
+#endif
 	}
 
 	retval = charalloc(strlen(tilde_dir) + strlen(buf + i) + 1);
@@ -2554,12 +2468,14 @@ char **username_tab_completion(const char *buf, size_t *num_matches,
 	size_t buf_len)
 {
     char **matches = NULL;
-    const struct passwd *userdata;
 
     assert(buf != NULL && num_matches != NULL && buf_len > 0);
 
     *num_matches = 0;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_PWD_H
+    const struct passwd *userdata;
+
     while ((userdata = getpwent()) != NULL) {
 	if (strncmp(userdata->pw_name, buf + 1, buf_len - 1) == 0) {
 	    /* Cool, found a match.  Add it to the list.  This makes a
@@ -2580,6 +2496,7 @@ char **username_tab_completion(const char *buf, size_t *num_matches,
 	}
     }
     endpwent();
+#endif
 
     return matches;
 }
@@ -2597,7 +2514,7 @@ char **cwd_tab_completion(const char *buf, bool allow_files, size_t
     const struct dirent *nextdir;
 
     *num_matches = 0;
-    null_at(&dirname, buf_len);
+    dirname[buf_len] = '\0';
 
     /* If there's a / in the name, split out filename and directory parts. */
     slash = strrchr(dirname, '/');
@@ -2989,7 +2906,7 @@ bool writehist(FILE *hist, const filestruct *head)
 {
     const filestruct *item;
 
-    /* Write a history list from the oldest entry to the newest. */
+    /* Write a history list, from the oldest item to the newest. */
     for (item = head; item != NULL; item = item->next) {
 	size_t length = strlen(item->data);
 

src/global.c

@@ -94,8 +94,6 @@ WINDOW *bottomwin;
 	 * messages, the statusbar prompt, and a list of shortcuts. */
 int editwinrows = 0;
 	/* How many rows does the edit window take up? */
-int maxrows = 0;
-	/* How many usable lines there are (due to soft wrapping). */
 
 filestruct *cutbuffer = NULL;
 	/* The buffer where we store cut text. */
@@ -124,17 +122,12 @@ char *brackets = NULL;
 	 * can end sentences. */
 char *quotestr = NULL;
 	/* The quoting string.  The default value is set in main(). */
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
 regex_t quotereg;
 	/* The compiled regular expression from the quoting string. */
 int quoterc;
 	/* Whether it was compiled successfully. */
 char *quoteerr = NULL;
 	/* The error message, if it didn't. */
-#else
-size_t quotelen;
-	/* The length of the quoting string in bytes. */
-#endif
 #endif /* !DISABLE_JUSTIFY */
 
 char *word_chars = NULL;
@@ -212,13 +205,11 @@ poshiststruct *position_history = NULL;
 	/* The cursor position history list. */
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
 regex_t search_regexp;
 	/* The compiled regular expression to use in searches. */
 regmatch_t regmatches[10];
 	/* The match positions for parenthetical subexpressions, 10
 	 * maximum, used in regular expression searches. */
-#endif
 
 int hilite_attribute = A_REVERSE;
 	/* The curses attribute we use to highlight something. */
@@ -431,7 +422,7 @@ void assign_keyinfo(sc *s, const char *keystring, const int keycode)
 	if (strcasecmp(keystring, "M-Space") == 0)
 	    s->keycode = (int)' ';
 	else
-	    s->keycode = tolower((int)keystring[2]);
+	    s->keycode = tolower((unsigned char)keystring[2]);
     } else if (keystring[0] == 'F')
 	s->keycode = KEY_F0 + atoi(&keystring[1]);
     else if (!strcasecmp(keystring, "Ins"))
@@ -508,8 +499,10 @@ void shortcut_init(void)
 #ifndef DISABLE_BROWSER
     const char *nano_browser_whereis_msg = N_("Search for a string");
     const char *nano_browser_refresh_msg = N_("Refresh the file list");
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
     const char *nano_browser_lefthand_msg = N_("Go to lefthand column");
     const char *nano_browser_righthand_msg = N_("Go to righthand column");
+#endif
 #endif
     const char *nano_prevpage_msg = N_("Go one screenful up");
     const char *nano_nextpage_msg = N_("Go one screenful down");
@@ -523,9 +516,9 @@ void shortcut_init(void)
 #endif
     const char *nano_replace_msg = N_("Replace a string or a regular expression");
     const char *nano_gotoline_msg = N_("Go to line and column number");
+    const char *nano_whereis_next_msg = N_("Repeat the last search");
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     const char *nano_mark_msg = N_("Mark text starting from the cursor position");
-    const char *nano_whereis_next_msg = N_("Repeat the last search");
     const char *nano_copy_msg =
 	N_("Copy the current line and store it in the cutbuffer");
     const char *nano_indent_msg = N_("Indent the current line");
@@ -598,15 +591,13 @@ void shortcut_init(void)
     const char *nano_savefile_msg = N_("Save file without prompting");
     const char *nano_findprev_msg = N_("Search next occurrence backward");
     const char *nano_findnext_msg = N_("Search next occurrence forward");
+#endif
     const char *nano_case_msg =
 	N_("Toggle the case sensitivity of the search");
     const char *nano_reverse_msg =
 	N_("Reverse the direction of the search");
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
     const char *nano_regexp_msg =
 	N_("Toggle the use of regular expressions");
-#endif
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
     const char *nano_prev_history_msg =
 	N_("Recall the previous search/replace string");
@@ -761,12 +752,22 @@ void shortcut_init(void)
 	gotoline_tag, IFSCHELP(nano_gotoline_msg), BLANKAFTER, VIEW);
 #endif
 
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+    add_to_funcs(do_undo, MMAIN,
+	N_("Undo"), IFSCHELP(nano_undo_msg), TOGETHER, NOVIEW);
+    add_to_funcs(do_redo, MMAIN,
+	N_("Redo"), IFSCHELP(nano_redo_msg), BLANKAFTER, NOVIEW);
+
+    add_to_funcs(do_mark, MMAIN,
+	N_("Mark Text"), IFSCHELP(nano_mark_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
+    add_to_funcs(do_copy_text, MMAIN,
+	N_("Copy Text"), IFSCHELP(nano_copy_msg), BLANKAFTER, NOVIEW);
+#endif
+
     add_to_funcs(case_sens_void, MWHEREIS|MREPLACE,
 	N_("Case Sens"), IFSCHELP(nano_case_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
     add_to_funcs(regexp_void, MWHEREIS|MREPLACE,
 	N_("Regexp"), IFSCHELP(nano_regexp_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
-#endif
     add_to_funcs(backwards_void, MWHEREIS|MREPLACE,
 	N_("Backwards"), IFSCHELP(nano_reverse_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
 
@@ -784,45 +785,23 @@ void shortcut_init(void)
 	gotoline_tag, IFSCHELP(nano_gotoline_msg), BLANKAFTER, VIEW);
 #endif
 
-    add_to_funcs(do_page_up, MMAIN|MHELP,
-	prev_page_tag, IFSCHELP(nano_prevpage_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
-    add_to_funcs(do_page_down, MMAIN|MHELP,
-	next_page_tag, IFSCHELP(nano_nextpage_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
-
-    add_to_funcs(do_first_line, MMAIN|MHELP|MWHEREIS|MREPLACE|MREPLACEWITH|MGOTOLINE,
-	N_("First Line"), IFSCHELP(nano_firstline_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
-    add_to_funcs(do_last_line, MMAIN|MHELP|MWHEREIS|MREPLACE|MREPLACEWITH|MGOTOLINE,
-	N_("Last Line"), IFSCHELP(nano_lastline_msg), BLANKAFTER, VIEW);
-
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
+    add_to_funcs(do_find_bracket, MMAIN,
+	N_("To Bracket"), IFSCHELP(nano_bracket_msg), BLANKAFTER, VIEW);
+
     add_to_funcs(do_research, MMAIN,
 	whereis_next_tag, IFSCHELP(nano_whereis_next_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
 
-    add_to_funcs(do_find_bracket, MMAIN,
-	N_("To Bracket"), IFSCHELP(nano_bracket_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
-
-    add_to_funcs(do_mark, MMAIN,
-	N_("Mark Text"), IFSCHELP(nano_mark_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
-
-    add_to_funcs(do_copy_text, MMAIN,
-	N_("Copy Text"), IFSCHELP(nano_copy_msg), BLANKAFTER, NOVIEW);
-
-    add_to_funcs(do_indent_void, MMAIN,
-	N_("Indent Text"), IFSCHELP(nano_indent_msg), TOGETHER, NOVIEW);
-    add_to_funcs(do_unindent, MMAIN,
-	N_("Unindent Text"), IFSCHELP(nano_unindent_msg), BLANKAFTER, NOVIEW);
-
-    add_to_funcs(do_undo, MMAIN,
-	N_("Undo"), IFSCHELP(nano_undo_msg), TOGETHER, NOVIEW);
-    add_to_funcs(do_redo, MMAIN,
-	N_("Redo"), IFSCHELP(nano_redo_msg), BLANKAFTER, NOVIEW);
+    add_to_funcs(do_findprevious, MMAIN,
+	N_("Previous"), IFSCHELP(nano_findprev_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
+    add_to_funcs(do_findnext, MMAIN,
+	N_("Next"), IFSCHELP(nano_findnext_msg), BLANKAFTER, VIEW);
 #endif /* !NANO_TINY */
 
     add_to_funcs(do_left, MMAIN,
 	N_("Back"), IFSCHELP(nano_back_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
     add_to_funcs(do_right, MMAIN,
 	N_("Forward"), IFSCHELP(nano_forward_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
-
 #ifndef DISABLE_BROWSER
     add_to_funcs(do_left, MBROWSER,
 	N_("Back"), IFSCHELP(nano_backfile_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
@@ -835,28 +814,15 @@ void shortcut_init(void)
     add_to_funcs(do_next_word_void, MMAIN,
 	N_("Next Word"), IFSCHELP(nano_nextword_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
 
-    add_to_funcs(do_home, MMAIN,
+    add_to_funcs(do_home_void, MMAIN,
 	N_("Home"), IFSCHELP(nano_home_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
-    add_to_funcs(do_end, MMAIN,
-	N_("End"), IFSCHELP(nano_end_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
+    add_to_funcs(do_end_void, MMAIN,
+	N_("End"), IFSCHELP(nano_end_msg), BLANKAFTER, VIEW);
 
     add_to_funcs(do_up_void, MMAIN|MBROWSER,
 	prev_line_tag, IFSCHELP(nano_prevline_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
     add_to_funcs(do_down_void, MMAIN|MBROWSER,
-	next_line_tag, IFSCHELP(nano_nextline_msg), BLANKAFTER, VIEW);
-
-    add_to_funcs(do_prev_block, MMAIN,
-	N_("Prev Block"), IFSCHELP(nano_prevblock_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
-    add_to_funcs(do_next_block, MMAIN,
-	N_("Next Block"), IFSCHELP(nano_nextblock_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
-
-#ifndef DISABLE_JUSTIFY
-    add_to_funcs(do_para_begin_void, MMAIN|MWHEREIS,
-	N_("Beg of Par"), IFSCHELP(nano_parabegin_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
-    add_to_funcs(do_para_end_void, MMAIN|MWHEREIS,
-	N_("End of Par"), IFSCHELP(nano_paraend_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
-#endif
-
+	next_line_tag, IFSCHELP(nano_nextline_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     add_to_funcs(do_scroll_up, MMAIN,
 	N_("Scroll Up"), IFSCHELP(nano_scrollup_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
@@ -864,6 +830,27 @@ void shortcut_init(void)
 	N_("Scroll Down"), IFSCHELP(nano_scrolldown_msg), BLANKAFTER, VIEW);
 #endif
 
+    add_to_funcs(do_prev_block, MMAIN,
+	N_("Prev Block"), IFSCHELP(nano_prevblock_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
+    add_to_funcs(do_next_block, MMAIN,
+	N_("Next Block"), IFSCHELP(nano_nextblock_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
+#ifndef DISABLE_JUSTIFY
+    add_to_funcs(do_para_begin_void, MMAIN|MWHEREIS,
+	N_("Beg of Par"), IFSCHELP(nano_parabegin_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
+    add_to_funcs(do_para_end_void, MMAIN|MWHEREIS,
+	N_("End of Par"), IFSCHELP(nano_paraend_msg), BLANKAFTER, VIEW);
+#endif
+
+    add_to_funcs(do_page_up, MMAIN|MHELP,
+	prev_page_tag, IFSCHELP(nano_prevpage_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
+    add_to_funcs(do_page_down, MMAIN|MHELP,
+	next_page_tag, IFSCHELP(nano_nextpage_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
+
+    add_to_funcs(do_first_line, MMAIN|MHELP|MWHEREIS|MREPLACE|MREPLACEWITH|MGOTOLINE,
+	N_("First Line"), IFSCHELP(nano_firstline_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
+    add_to_funcs(do_last_line, MMAIN|MHELP|MWHEREIS|MREPLACE|MREPLACEWITH|MGOTOLINE,
+	N_("Last Line"), IFSCHELP(nano_lastline_msg), BLANKAFTER, VIEW);
+
 #ifndef DISABLE_MULTIBUFFER
     add_to_funcs(switch_to_prev_buffer_void, MMAIN,
 	N_("Prev File"), IFSCHELP(nano_prevfile_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
@@ -928,6 +915,12 @@ void shortcut_init(void)
     add_to_funcs(do_suspend_void, MMAIN,
 	N_("Suspend"), IFSCHELP(nano_suspend_msg), BLANKAFTER, VIEW);
 
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+    add_to_funcs(do_indent_void, MMAIN,
+	N_("Indent Text"), IFSCHELP(nano_indent_msg), TOGETHER, NOVIEW);
+    add_to_funcs(do_unindent, MMAIN,
+	N_("Unindent Text"), IFSCHELP(nano_unindent_msg), BLANKAFTER, NOVIEW);
+#endif
 #ifdef ENABLE_WORDCOMPLETION
     add_to_funcs(complete_a_word, MMAIN,
 	N_("Complete"), IFSCHELP(nano_completion_msg), TOGETHER, NOVIEW);
@@ -939,11 +932,6 @@ void shortcut_init(void)
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     add_to_funcs(do_savefile, MMAIN,
 	N_("Save"), IFSCHELP(nano_savefile_msg), BLANKAFTER, NOVIEW);
-
-    add_to_funcs(do_findprevious, MMAIN,
-	N_("Previous"), IFSCHELP(nano_findprev_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
-    add_to_funcs(do_findnext, MMAIN,
-	N_("Next"), IFSCHELP(nano_findnext_msg), BLANKAFTER, VIEW);
 #endif
 
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
@@ -1018,11 +1006,9 @@ void shortcut_init(void)
     add_to_funcs(discard_buffer, MWRITEFILE,
 	N_("Discard buffer"), IFSCHELP(nano_discard_buffer_msg), BLANKAFTER, NOVIEW);
 
-#if !defined(NANO_TINY) && !defined(DISABLE_BROWSER)
+#ifndef DISABLE_BROWSER
     add_to_funcs(do_research, MBROWSER,
 	whereis_next_tag, IFSCHELP(nano_whereis_next_msg), TOGETHER, VIEW);
-#endif
-#ifndef DISABLE_BROWSER
     add_to_funcs(total_refresh, MBROWSER,
 	refresh_tag, IFSCHELP(nano_browser_refresh_msg), BLANKAFTER, VIEW);
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
@@ -1125,10 +1111,10 @@ void shortcut_init(void)
     }
     add_to_sclist(MMOST, "M-Space", 0, do_prev_word_void, 0);
     add_to_sclist(MMOST, "^Space", 0, do_next_word_void, 0);
-    add_to_sclist((MMOST & ~MBROWSER), "^A", 0, do_home, 0);
-    add_to_sclist((MMOST & ~MBROWSER), "Home", KEY_HOME, do_home, 0);
-    add_to_sclist((MMOST & ~MBROWSER), "^E", 0, do_end, 0);
-    add_to_sclist((MMOST & ~MBROWSER), "End", KEY_END, do_end, 0);
+    add_to_sclist((MMOST & ~MBROWSER), "^A", 0, do_home_void, 0);
+    add_to_sclist((MMOST & ~MBROWSER), "Home", KEY_HOME, do_home_void, 0);
+    add_to_sclist((MMOST & ~MBROWSER), "^E", 0, do_end_void, 0);
+    add_to_sclist((MMOST & ~MBROWSER), "End", KEY_END, do_end_void, 0);
     add_to_sclist(MMAIN|MHELP|MBROWSER, "^P", 0, do_up_void, 0);
     add_to_sclist(MMAIN|MHELP|MBROWSER, "Up", KEY_UP, do_up_void, 0);
     add_to_sclist(MMAIN|MHELP|MBROWSER, "^N", 0, do_down_void, 0);
@@ -1500,9 +1486,9 @@ sc *strtosc(const char *input)
 	     !strcasecmp(input, "nextline"))
 	s->scfunc = do_down_void;
     else if (!strcasecmp(input, "home"))
-	s->scfunc = do_home;
+	s->scfunc = do_home_void;
     else if (!strcasecmp(input, "end"))
-	s->scfunc = do_end;
+	s->scfunc = do_end_void;
     else if (!strcasecmp(input, "pageup") ||
 	     !strcasecmp(input, "prevpage"))
 	s->scfunc = do_page_up;
@@ -1697,11 +1683,9 @@ void thanks_for_all_the_fish(void)
     free(word_chars);
 #ifndef DISABLE_JUSTIFY
     free(quotestr);
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
     regfree(&quotereg);
     free(quoteerr);
 #endif
-#endif
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     free(backup_dir);
 #endif

src/help.c

@@ -486,6 +486,10 @@ functionptrtype parse_help_input(int *kbinput)
 		return do_page_up;
 	    case 'E':
 	    case 'e':
+	    case 'Q':
+	    case 'q':
+	    case 'X':
+	    case 'x':
 		return do_exit;
 	}
     }

src/move.c

@@ -49,41 +49,50 @@ void do_last_line(void)
     focusing = FALSE;
 }
 
-/* Move up one page. */
+/* Determine the actual current chunk and the target column. */
+void get_edge_and_target(size_t *leftedge, size_t *target_column)
+{
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP)) {
+	size_t realspan = strlenpt(openfile->current->data);
+
+	if (openfile->placewewant < realspan)
+	    realspan = openfile->placewewant;
+
+	*leftedge = (realspan / editwincols) * editwincols;
+	*target_column = openfile->placewewant % editwincols;
+    } else
+#endif
+    {
+	*leftedge = 0;
+	*target_column = openfile->placewewant;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Move up nearly one screenful. */
 void do_page_up(void)
 {
-    int i, mustmove, skipped = 0;
-
-    /* If the cursor is less than a page away from the top of the file,
-     * put it at the beginning of the first line. */
-    if (openfile->current->lineno == 1 || (!ISSET(SOFTWRAP) &&
-		openfile->current->lineno <= editwinrows - 2)) {
-	do_first_line();
-	return;
-    }
+    int mustmove = (editwinrows < 3) ? 1 : editwinrows - 2;
+    size_t leftedge, target_column;
 
     /* If we're not in smooth scrolling mode, put the cursor at the
      * beginning of the top line of the edit window, as Pico does. */
     if (!ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL)) {
 	openfile->current = openfile->edittop;
-	openfile->placewewant = openfile->current_y = 0;
+	openfile->placewewant = openfile->firstcolumn;
+	openfile->current_y = 0;
     }
 
-    mustmove = (editwinrows < 3) ? 1 : editwinrows - 2;
+    get_edge_and_target(&leftedge, &target_column);
 
-    for (i = mustmove; i - skipped > 0 && openfile->current != openfile->fileage; i--) {
-	openfile->current = openfile->current->prev;
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-	if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP) && openfile->current) {
-	    skipped += strlenpt(openfile->current->data) / editwincols;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-	    fprintf(stderr, "paging up: i = %d, skipped = %d based on line %ld len %lu\n",
-			i, skipped, (long)openfile->current->lineno, (unsigned long)strlenpt(openfile->current->data));
-#endif
-	}
-#endif
+    /* Move up the required number of lines or chunks.  If we can't, we're
+     * at the top of the file, so put the cursor there and get out. */
+    if (go_back_chunks(mustmove, &openfile->current, &leftedge) > 0) {
+	do_first_line();
+	return;
     }
 
+    openfile->placewewant = leftedge + target_column;
     openfile->current_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data,
 					openfile->placewewant);
 
@@ -92,35 +101,30 @@ void do_page_up(void)
     refresh_needed = TRUE;
 }
 
-/* Move down one page. */
+/* Move down nearly one screenful. */
 void do_page_down(void)
 {
-    int i, mustmove;
-
-    /* If the cursor is less than a page away from the bottom of the file,
-     * put it at the end of the last line. */
-    if (openfile->current->lineno + maxrows - 2 >= openfile->filebot->lineno) {
-	do_last_line();
-	return;
-    }
+    int mustmove = (editwinrows < 3) ? 1 : editwinrows - 2;
+    size_t leftedge, target_column;
 
     /* If we're not in smooth scrolling mode, put the cursor at the
      * beginning of the top line of the edit window, as Pico does. */
     if (!ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL)) {
 	openfile->current = openfile->edittop;
-	openfile->placewewant = openfile->current_y = 0;
+	openfile->placewewant = openfile->firstcolumn;
+	openfile->current_y = 0;
     }
 
-    mustmove = (maxrows < 3) ? 1 : maxrows - 2;
-
-    for (i = mustmove; i > 0 && openfile->current != openfile->filebot; i--) {
-	openfile->current = openfile->current->next;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-	fprintf(stderr, "paging down: moving to line %lu\n", (unsigned long)openfile->current->lineno);
-#endif
+    get_edge_and_target(&leftedge, &target_column);
 
+    /* Move down the required number of lines or chunks.  If we can't, we're
+     * at the bottom of the file, so put the cursor there and get out. */
+    if (go_forward_chunks(mustmove, &openfile->current, &leftedge) > 0) {
+	do_last_line();
+	return;
     }
 
+    openfile->placewewant = leftedge + target_column;
     openfile->current_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data,
 					openfile->placewewant);
 
@@ -138,10 +142,9 @@ void do_para_begin(bool allow_update)
     filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
 
     if (openfile->current != openfile->fileage) {
-	do {
+	do
 	    openfile->current = openfile->current->prev;
-	    openfile->current_y--;
-	} while (!begpar(openfile->current));
+	while (!begpar(openfile->current));
     }
 
     openfile->current_x = 0;
@@ -175,7 +178,6 @@ void do_para_end(bool allow_update)
 		inpar(openfile->current->next) &&
 		!begpar(openfile->current->next)) {
 	openfile->current = openfile->current->next;
-	openfile->current_y++;
     }
 
     if (openfile->current != openfile->filebot) {
@@ -245,8 +247,6 @@ void do_prev_word(bool allow_punct, bool allow_update)
     filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
     bool seen_a_word = FALSE, step_forward = FALSE;
 
-    assert(openfile->current != NULL && openfile->current->data != NULL);
-
     /* Move backward until we pass over the start of a word. */
     while (TRUE) {
 	/* If at the head of a line, move to the end of the preceding one. */
@@ -304,8 +304,6 @@ bool do_next_word(bool allow_punct, bool allow_update)
 				openfile->current_x, allow_punct);
     bool seen_space = !started_on_word;
 
-    assert(openfile->current != NULL && openfile->current->data != NULL);
-
     /* Move forward until we reach the start of a word. */
     while (TRUE) {
 	/* If at the end of a line, move to the beginning of the next one. */
@@ -348,195 +346,216 @@ void do_next_word_void(void)
     do_next_word(ISSET(WORD_BOUNDS), TRUE);
 }
 
-/* Make sure that the current line, when it is partially scrolled off the
- * screen in softwrap mode, is scrolled fully into view. */
-void ensure_line_is_visible(void)
-{
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP) && strlenpt(openfile->current->data) / editwincols +
-				openfile->current_y >= editwinrows) {
-	adjust_viewport(ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL) ? FLOWING : CENTERING);
-	refresh_needed = TRUE;
-    }
-#endif
-}
-
-/* Move to the beginning of the current line.  If the SMART_HOME flag is
- * set, move to the first non-whitespace character of the current line
- * if we aren't already there, or to the beginning of the current line
- * if we are. */
-void do_home(void)
+/* Move to the beginning of the current line (or softwrapped chunk).
+ * If be_clever is TRUE, do a smart home when wanted and possible,
+ * and do a dynamic home when in softwrap mode and it'spossible.
+ * If be_clever is FALSE, just do a simple home. */
+void do_home(bool be_clever)
 {
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
     size_t was_column = xplustabs();
-
+    bool moved_off_chunk = TRUE;
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
-    if (ISSET(SMART_HOME)) {
-	size_t current_x_save = openfile->current_x;
+    bool moved = FALSE;
+    size_t leftedge_x = 0;
 
-	openfile->current_x = indent_length(openfile->current->data);
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP))
+	leftedge_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data,
+			(was_column / editwincols) * editwincols);
 
-	if (openfile->current_x == current_x_save ||
-		openfile->current->data[openfile->current_x] == '\0')
+    if (ISSET(SMART_HOME) && be_clever) {
+	size_t indent_x = indent_length(openfile->current->data);
+
+	if (openfile->current->data[indent_x] != '\0') {
+	    /* If we're exactly on the indent, move fully home.  Otherwise,
+	     * when not softwrapping or not after the first nonblank chunk,
+	     * move to the first nonblank character. */
+	    if (openfile->current_x == indent_x) {
+		openfile->current_x = 0;
+		moved = TRUE;
+	    } else if (!ISSET(SOFTWRAP) || leftedge_x <= indent_x) {
+		openfile->current_x = indent_x;
+		moved = TRUE;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (!moved && ISSET(SOFTWRAP)) {
+	/* If already at the left edge of the screen, move fully home.
+	 * Otherwise, move to the left edge. */
+	if (openfile->current_x == leftedge_x && be_clever)
 	    openfile->current_x = 0;
-    } else
+	else {
+	    openfile->current_x = leftedge_x;
+	    moved_off_chunk = FALSE;
+	}
+    } else if (!moved)
 #endif
 	openfile->current_x = 0;
 
     openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
 
-    if (need_horizontal_scroll(was_column, openfile->placewewant))
+    /* If we changed chunk, we might be offscreen.  Otherwise,
+     * update current if the mark is on or we changed "page". */
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP) && moved_off_chunk) {
+	focusing = FALSE;
+	edit_redraw(was_current);
+    } else if (line_needs_update(was_column, openfile->placewewant))
 	update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
 }
 
-/* Move to the end of the current line. */
-void do_end(void)
+/* Do a (smart or dynamic) home. */
+void do_home_void(void)
 {
-    size_t was_column = xplustabs();
+    do_home(TRUE);
+}
+
+/* Move to the end of the current line (or softwrapped chunk).
+ * If be_clever is TRUE, do a dynamic end when in softwrap mode and
+ * it's possible.  If be_clever is FALSE, just do a simple end. */
+void do_end(bool be_clever)
+{
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
+    size_t was_column = xplustabs();
+    size_t line_len = strlen(openfile->current->data);
+    bool moved_off_chunk = TRUE;
+
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP)) {
+	size_t rightedge_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data,
+			((was_column / editwincols) * editwincols) +
+			(editwincols - 1));
+
+	/* If already at the right edge of the screen, move fully to
+	 * the end of the line.  Otherwise, move to the right edge. */
+	if (openfile->current_x == rightedge_x && be_clever)
+	    openfile->current_x = line_len;
+	else {
+	    openfile->current_x = rightedge_x;
+	    moved_off_chunk = FALSE;
+	}
+    } else
+#endif
+	openfile->current_x = line_len;
 
-    openfile->current_x = strlen(openfile->current->data);
     openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
 
-    if (need_horizontal_scroll(was_column, openfile->placewewant))
+    /* If we changed chunk, we might be offscreen.  Otherwise,
+     * update current if the mark is on or we changed "page". */
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP) && moved_off_chunk) {
+	focusing = FALSE;
+	edit_redraw(was_current);
+    } else if (line_needs_update(was_column, openfile->placewewant))
 	update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
-
-    ensure_line_is_visible();
 }
 
-/* If scroll_only is FALSE, move up one line.  If scroll_only is TRUE,
- * scroll up one line without scrolling the cursor. */
+/* Do a (dynamic) end. */
+void do_end_void(void)
+{
+    do_end(TRUE);
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor to the preceding line or chunk.  If scroll_only is TRUE,
+ * also scroll the screen one row, so the cursor stays in the same spot. */
 void do_up(bool scroll_only)
 {
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
     size_t was_column = xplustabs();
+    size_t leftedge, target_column;
 
-    /* If we're at the top of the file, or if scroll_only is TRUE and
-     * the top of the file is onscreen, get out. */
-    if (openfile->current == openfile->fileage ||
-		(scroll_only && openfile->edittop == openfile->fileage))
+    /* When just scrolling and the top of the file is onscreen, get out. */
+    if (scroll_only && openfile->edittop == openfile->fileage &&
+			openfile->firstcolumn == 0)
 	return;
 
-    assert(ISSET(SOFTWRAP) || openfile->current_y == openfile->current->lineno - openfile->edittop->lineno);
+    get_edge_and_target(&leftedge, &target_column);
 
-    /* Move the current line of the edit window up. */
-    openfile->current = openfile->current->prev;
+    /* If we can't move up one line or chunk, we're at top of file. */
+    if (go_back_chunks(1, &openfile->current, &leftedge) > 0)
+	return;
+
+    openfile->placewewant = leftedge + target_column;
     openfile->current_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data,
 					openfile->placewewant);
 
     /* When the cursor was on the first line of the edit window (or when just
      * scrolling without moving the cursor), scroll the edit window up -- one
      * line if we're in smooth scrolling mode, and half a page otherwise. */
-    if (openfile->current->next == openfile->edittop || scroll_only)
+    if (openfile->current_y == 0 || scroll_only)
 	edit_scroll(UPWARD, (ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL) || scroll_only) ?
 				1 : editwinrows / 2 + 1);
 
-    /* If the lines weren't already redrawn, see if they need to be. */
     if (openfile->current_y > 0) {
-	/* Redraw the prior line if it was horizontally scrolled. */
-	if (need_horizontal_scroll(was_column, 0))
+	/* Redraw the prior line if it's not offscreen, and it's not the same
+	 * line as the current one, and the line was horizontally scrolled. */
+	if ((!scroll_only || openfile->current_y < editwinrows - 1) &&
+			openfile->current != was_current &&
+			line_needs_update(was_column, 0))
 	    update_line(openfile->current->next, 0);
 	/* Redraw the current line if it needs to be horizontally scrolled. */
-	if (need_horizontal_scroll(0, xplustabs()))
+	if (line_needs_update(0, xplustabs()))
 	    update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
     }
 }
 
-/* Move up one line. */
+/* Move up one line or chunk. */
 void do_up_void(void)
 {
     do_up(FALSE);
 }
 
-/* If scroll_only is FALSE, move down one line.  If scroll_only is TRUE,
- * scroll down one line without scrolling the cursor. */
+/* Move the cursor to next line or chunk.  If scroll_only is TRUE, also
+ * scroll the screen one row, so the cursor stays in the same spot. */
 void do_down(bool scroll_only)
 {
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-    int amount = 0, enough;
-    filestruct *topline;
-#endif
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
     size_t was_column = xplustabs();
+    size_t leftedge, target_column;
 
-    /* If we're at the bottom of the file, get out. */
-    if (openfile->current == openfile->filebot)
+    get_edge_and_target(&leftedge, &target_column);
+
+    /* If we can't move down one line or chunk, we're at bottom of file. */
+    if (go_forward_chunks(1, &openfile->current, &leftedge) > 0)
 	return;
 
-    assert(ISSET(SOFTWRAP) || openfile->current_y ==
-		openfile->current->lineno - openfile->edittop->lineno);
-    assert(openfile->current->next != NULL);
-
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP)) {
-	/* Compute the number of lines to scroll. */
-	amount = strlenpt(openfile->current->data) / editwincols -
-			xplustabs() / editwincols +
-			strlenpt(openfile->current->next->data) / editwincols +
-			openfile->current_y - editwinrows + 2;
-	topline = openfile->edittop;
-	/* Reduce the amount when there are overlong lines at the top. */
-	for (enough = 1; enough < amount; enough++) {
-	    amount -= strlenpt(topline->data) / editwincols;
-	    if (amount > 0)
-		topline = topline->next;
-	    if (amount < enough) {
-		amount = enough;
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Move to the next line in the file. */
-    openfile->current = openfile->current->next;
+    openfile->placewewant = leftedge + target_column;
     openfile->current_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data,
 					openfile->placewewant);
 
-    /* If scroll_only is FALSE and if we're on the last line of the
-     * edit window, scroll the edit window down one line if we're in
-     * smooth scrolling mode, or down half a page if we're not.  If
-     * scroll_only is TRUE, scroll the edit window down one line
-     * unconditionally. */
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-    if (openfile->current_y == editwinrows - 1 || amount > 0 || scroll_only) {
-	if (amount < 1 || scroll_only)
-	    amount = 1;
-
+    /* When the cursor was on the last line of the edit window (or when just
+     * scrolling without moving the cursor), scroll the edit window down -- one
+     * line if we're in smooth scrolling mode, and half a page otherwise. */
+    if (openfile->current_y == editwinrows - 1 || scroll_only)
 	edit_scroll(DOWNWARD, (ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL) || scroll_only) ?
-				amount : editwinrows / 2 + 1);
+				1 : editwinrows / 2 + 1);
 
-	if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP)) {
-	    refresh_needed = TRUE;
-	    return;
-	}
-    }
-#else
-    if (openfile->current_y == editwinrows - 1)
-	edit_scroll(DOWNWARD, editwinrows / 2 + 1);
-#endif
-
-    /* If the lines weren't already redrawn, see if they need to be. */
     if (openfile->current_y < editwinrows - 1) {
-	/* Redraw the prior line if it was horizontally scrolled. */
-	if (need_horizontal_scroll(was_column, 0))
+	/* Redraw the prior line if it's not offscreen, and it's not the same
+	 * line as the current one, and the line was horizontally scrolled. */
+	if ((!scroll_only || openfile->current_y > 0) &&
+			openfile->current != was_current &&
+			line_needs_update(was_column, 0))
 	    update_line(openfile->current->prev, 0);
 	/* Redraw the current line if it needs to be horizontally scrolled. */
-	if (need_horizontal_scroll(0, xplustabs()))
+	if (line_needs_update(0, xplustabs()))
 	    update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
     }
 }
 
-/* Move down one line. */
+/* Move down one line or chunk. */
 void do_down_void(void)
 {
     do_down(FALSE);
 }
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
-/* Scroll up one line without scrolling the cursor. */
+/* Scroll up one line or chunk without scrolling the cursor. */
 void do_scroll_up(void)
 {
     do_up(TRUE);
 }
 
-/* Scroll down one line without scrolling the cursor. */
+/* Scroll down one line or chunk without scrolling the cursor. */
 void do_scroll_down(void)
 {
     do_down(TRUE);
@@ -547,18 +566,35 @@ void do_scroll_down(void)
 void do_left(void)
 {
     size_t was_column = xplustabs();
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+    size_t was_chunk = (was_column / editwincols);
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
+#endif
 
     if (openfile->current_x > 0)
 	openfile->current_x = move_mbleft(openfile->current->data,
 						openfile->current_x);
     else if (openfile->current != openfile->fileage) {
 	do_up_void();
-	openfile->current_x = strlen(openfile->current->data);
+	do_end(FALSE);
+	return;
     }
 
     openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
 
-    if (need_horizontal_scroll(was_column, openfile->placewewant))
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+    /* If we were on the first line of the edit window, and we changed chunk,
+     * we're now above the first line of the edit window, so scroll up. */
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP) && openfile->current_y == 0 &&
+		openfile->current == was_current &&
+		openfile->placewewant / editwincols != was_chunk) {
+	edit_scroll(UPWARD, ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL) ? 1 : editwinrows / 2 + 1);
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Update current if the mark is on or it has changed "page". */
+    if (line_needs_update(was_column, openfile->placewewant))
 	update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
 }
 
@@ -566,27 +602,34 @@ void do_left(void)
 void do_right(void)
 {
     size_t was_column = xplustabs();
-
-    assert(openfile->current_x <= strlen(openfile->current->data));
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+    size_t was_chunk = (was_column / editwincols);
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
+#endif
 
     if (openfile->current->data[openfile->current_x] != '\0')
 	openfile->current_x = move_mbright(openfile->current->data,
 						openfile->current_x);
     else if (openfile->current != openfile->filebot) {
-	openfile->current_x = 0;
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-	if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP))
-	    openfile->current_y -= strlenpt(openfile->current->data) / editwincols;
-#endif
+	do_home(FALSE);
+	do_down_void();
+	return;
     }
 
     openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
 
-    if (need_horizontal_scroll(was_column, openfile->placewewant))
-	update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+    /* If we were on the last line of the edit window, and we changed chunk,
+     * we're now below the first line of the edit window, so scroll down. */
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP) && openfile->current_y == editwinrows - 1 &&
+		openfile->current == was_current &&
+		openfile->placewewant / editwincols != was_chunk) {
+	edit_scroll(DOWNWARD, ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL) ? 1 : editwinrows / 2 + 1);
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
 
-    if (openfile->current_x == 0)
-	do_down_void();
-    else
-	ensure_line_is_visible();
+    /* Update current if the mark is on or it has changed "page". */
+    if (line_needs_update(was_column, openfile->placewewant))
+	update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
 }

src/nano.c

@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
 #include <langinfo.h>
 #endif
+#ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
 #include <termios.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_GETOPT_H
-#include <getopt.h>
 #endif
+#include <getopt.h>
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
 #endif
@@ -50,7 +50,12 @@ static int oldinterval = -1;
 static bool no_rcfiles = FALSE;
 	/* Should we ignore all rcfiles? */
 #endif
+#ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
 static struct termios oldterm;
+#else
+# define tcsetattr(...)
+# define tcgetattr(...)
+#endif
 	/* The user's original terminal settings. */
 static struct sigaction act;
 	/* Used to set up all our fun signal handlers. */
@@ -223,7 +228,7 @@ partition *partition_filestruct(filestruct *top, size_t top_x,
     p->bot_data = mallocstrcpy(NULL, bot->data + bot_x);
 
     /* Remove all text after bot_x at the bottom of the partition. */
-    null_at(&bot->data, bot_x);
+    bot->data[bot_x] = '\0';
 
     /* Remove all text before top_x at the top of the partition. */
     charmove(top->data, top->data + top_x, strlen(top->data) - top_x + 1);
@@ -278,7 +283,7 @@ void unpartition_filestruct(partition **p)
  * current filestruct to a filestruct beginning with file_top and ending
  * with file_bot.  If no text is between (top, top_x) and (bot, bot_x),
  * don't do anything. */
-void move_to_filestruct(filestruct **file_top, filestruct **file_bot,
+void extract_buffer(filestruct **file_top, filestruct **file_bot,
 	filestruct *top, size_t top_x, filestruct *bot, size_t bot_x)
 {
     filestruct *top_save;
@@ -353,14 +358,10 @@ void move_to_filestruct(filestruct **file_top, filestruct **file_bot,
     }
 
     /* Since the text has now been saved, remove it from the filestruct. */
-    openfile->fileage = (filestruct *)nmalloc(sizeof(filestruct));
+    openfile->fileage = make_new_node(NULL);
     openfile->fileage->data = mallocstrcpy(NULL, "");
     openfile->filebot = openfile->fileage;
 
-#ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
-    openfile->fileage->multidata = NULL;
-#endif
-
     /* Restore the current line and cursor position.  If the mark begins
      * inside the partition, set the beginning of the mark to where the
      * saved text used to start. */
@@ -396,9 +397,9 @@ void move_to_filestruct(filestruct **file_top, filestruct **file_bot,
 	new_magicline();
 }
 
-/* Copy all text from the given filestruct to the current filestruct
+/* Meld the given buffer into the current file buffer
  * at the current cursor position. */
-void copy_from_filestruct(filestruct *somebuffer)
+void ingraft_buffer(filestruct *somebuffer)
 {
     filestruct *top_save;
     size_t current_x_save = openfile->current_x;
@@ -431,8 +432,8 @@ void copy_from_filestruct(filestruct *somebuffer)
     free_filestruct(openfile->fileage);
 
     /* Put the top and bottom of the current filestruct at the top and
-     * bottom of a copy of the passed buffer. */
-    openfile->fileage = copy_filestruct(somebuffer);
+     * bottom of the passed buffer. */
+    openfile->fileage = somebuffer;
     openfile->filebot = openfile->fileage;
     while (openfile->filebot->next != NULL)
 	openfile->filebot = openfile->filebot->next;
@@ -469,11 +470,6 @@ void copy_from_filestruct(filestruct *somebuffer)
     /* Add the number of characters in the copied text to the file size. */
     openfile->totsize += get_totsize(openfile->fileage, openfile->filebot);
 
-    /* Update the current y-coordinate to account for the number of
-     * lines the copied text has, less one since the first line will be
-     * tacked onto the current line. */
-    openfile->current_y += openfile->filebot->lineno - 1;
-
     /* If we pasted onto the first line of the edit window, the corresponding
      * struct has been freed, so... point at the start of the copied text. */
     if (edittop_inside)
@@ -493,6 +489,14 @@ void copy_from_filestruct(filestruct *somebuffer)
 	new_magicline();
 }
 
+/* Meld a copy of the given buffer into the current file buffer. */
+void copy_from_buffer(filestruct *somebuffer)
+{
+    filestruct *the_copy = copy_filestruct(somebuffer);
+
+    ingraft_buffer(the_copy);
+}
+
 /* Create a new openfilestruct node. */
 openfilestruct *make_new_opennode(void)
 {
@@ -747,32 +751,20 @@ void mouse_init(void)
 }
 #endif /* !DISABLE_MOUSE */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
-#define print_opt(shortflag, longflag, desc) print_opt_full(shortflag, longflag, desc)
-#else
-#define print_opt(shortflag, longflag, desc) print_opt_full(shortflag, desc)
-#endif
-
 /* Print one usage string to the screen.  This cuts down on duplicate
  * strings to translate, and leaves out the parts that shouldn't be
  * translatable (i.e. the flag names). */
-void print_opt_full(const char *shortflag
-#ifdef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
-	, const char *longflag
-#endif
-	, const char *desc)
+void print_opt(const char *shortflag, const char *longflag, const char *desc)
 {
     printf(" %s\t", shortflag);
     if (strlenpt(shortflag) < 8)
 	printf("\t");
 
-#ifdef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
     printf("%s\t", longflag);
     if (strlenpt(longflag) < 8)
 	printf("\t\t");
     else if (strlenpt(longflag) < 16)
 	printf("\t");
-#endif
 
     if (desc != NULL)
 	printf("%s", _(desc));
@@ -782,18 +774,18 @@ void print_opt_full(const char *shortflag
 /* Explain how to properly use nano and its command-line options. */
 void usage(void)
 {
-    printf(_("Usage: nano [OPTIONS] [[+LINE,COLUMN] FILE]...\n\n"));
-#ifdef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
+    printf(_("Usage: nano [OPTIONS] [[+LINE[,COLUMN]] FILE]...\n\n"));
+    /* TRANSLATORS: The next two strings are part of the --help output.
+     * It's best to keep its lines within 80 characters. */
+    printf(_("To place the cursor on a specific line of a file, put the line number with\n"
+		"a '+' before the filename.  The column number can be added after a comma.\n"));
+    printf(_("When the first filename is '-', nano reads data from standard input.\n\n"));
     printf(_("Option\t\tGNU long option\t\tMeaning\n"));
-#else
-    printf(_("Option\t\tMeaning\n"));
-#endif
-    print_opt(_("+LINE,COLUMN"), "",
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+    print_opt("-A", "--smarthome",
 	/* TRANSLATORS: The next forty or so strings are option descriptions
 	 * for the --help output.  Try to keep them at most 40 characters. */
-	N_("Start at line LINE, column COLUMN"));
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-    print_opt("-A", "--smarthome", N_("Enable smart home key"));
+		N_("Enable smart home key"));
     if (!ISSET(RESTRICTED)) {
 	print_opt("-B", "--backup", N_("Save backups of existing files"));
 	print_opt(_("-C <dir>"), _("--backupdir=<dir>"),
@@ -857,12 +849,16 @@ void usage(void)
 #endif
 #ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
     if (!ISSET(RESTRICTED))
-	print_opt(_("-Y <str>"), _("--syntax=<str>"),
+	print_opt(_("-Y <name>"), _("--syntax=<name>"),
 		N_("Syntax definition to use for coloring"));
 #endif
     print_opt("-c", "--constantshow", N_("Constantly show cursor position"));
     print_opt("-d", "--rebinddelete",
 	N_("Fix Backspace/Delete confusion problem"));
+#ifndef DISABLE_BROWSER
+    if (!ISSET(RESTRICTED))
+	print_opt("-g", "--showcursor", N_("Show cursor in file browser"));
+#endif
     print_opt("-h", "--help", N_("Show this help text and exit"));
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     print_opt("-i", "--autoindent", N_("Automatically indent new lines"));
@@ -921,7 +917,7 @@ void version(void)
     printf(_(" GNU nano, version %s\n"), VERSION);
 #endif
     printf(" (C) 1999..2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n");
-    printf(_(" (C) 2014..%s the contributors to nano\n"), "2016");
+    printf(_(" (C) 2014..%s the contributors to nano\n"), "2017");
     printf(
 	_(" Email: nano@nano-editor.org	Web: https://nano-editor.org/"));
     printf(_("\n Compiled options:"));
@@ -1188,11 +1184,15 @@ void signal_init(void)
     memset(&act, 0, sizeof(struct sigaction));
     act.sa_handler = SIG_IGN;
     sigaction(SIGINT, &act, NULL);
+#ifdef SIGQUIT
     sigaction(SIGQUIT, &act, NULL);
+#endif
 
     /* Trap SIGHUP and SIGTERM because we want to write the file out. */
     act.sa_handler = handle_hupterm;
+#ifdef SIGHUP
     sigaction(SIGHUP, &act, NULL);
+#endif
     sigaction(SIGTERM, &act, NULL);
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
@@ -1204,17 +1204,23 @@ void signal_init(void)
     /* Trap normal suspend (^Z) so we can handle it ourselves. */
     if (!ISSET(SUSPEND)) {
 	act.sa_handler = SIG_IGN;
+#ifdef SIGTSTP
 	sigaction(SIGTSTP, &act, NULL);
+#endif
     } else {
 	/* Block all other signals in the suspend and continue handlers.
 	 * If we don't do this, other stuff interrupts them! */
 	sigfillset(&act.sa_mask);
 
 	act.sa_handler = do_suspend;
+#ifdef SIGTSTP
 	sigaction(SIGTSTP, &act, NULL);
+#endif
 
 	act.sa_handler = do_continue;
+#ifdef SIGCONT
 	sigaction(SIGCONT, &act, NULL);
+#endif
     }
 }
 
@@ -1246,11 +1252,15 @@ RETSIGTYPE do_suspend(int signal)
     /* Trap SIGHUP and SIGTERM so we can properly deal with them while
      * suspended. */
     act.sa_handler = handle_hupterm;
+#ifdef SIGHUP
     sigaction(SIGHUP, &act, NULL);
+#endif
     sigaction(SIGTERM, &act, NULL);
 
     /* Do what mutt does: send ourselves a SIGSTOP. */
+#ifdef SIGSTOP
     kill(0, SIGSTOP);
+#endif
 }
 
 /* The version of above function that is bound to a key. */
@@ -1322,6 +1332,9 @@ void regenerate_screen(void)
 #endif
     editwincols = COLS - margin;
 
+    /* Ensure that firstcolumn is the starting column of its chunk. */
+    ensure_firstcolumn_is_aligned();
+
 #ifdef USE_SLANG
     /* Slang curses emulation brain damage, part 1: If we just do what
      * curses does here, it'll only work properly if the resize made the
@@ -1388,15 +1401,16 @@ void do_toggle(int flag)
 	case SUSPEND:
 	    signal_init();
 	    break;
+	case SOFTWRAP:
+	    if (!ISSET(SOFTWRAP))
+		openfile->firstcolumn = 0;
+	    refresh_needed = TRUE;
+	    break;
 	case WHITESPACE_DISPLAY:
 	    titlebar(NULL);	/* Fall through. */
 #ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
 	case NO_COLOR_SYNTAX:
 #endif
-#ifdef ENABLE_LINENUMBERS
-	case LINE_NUMBERS:
-#endif
-	case SOFTWRAP:
 	    refresh_needed = TRUE;
 	    break;
     }
@@ -1421,23 +1435,27 @@ void do_toggle_void(void)
  * settings. */
 void disable_extended_io(void)
 {
+#ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
     struct termios term;
 
     tcgetattr(0, &term);
     term.c_lflag &= ~IEXTEN;
     term.c_oflag &= ~OPOST;
     tcsetattr(0, TCSANOW, &term);
+#endif
 }
 
 /* Disable interpretation of the special control keys in our terminal
  * settings. */
 void disable_signals(void)
 {
+#ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
     struct termios term;
 
     tcgetattr(0, &term);
     term.c_lflag &= ~ISIG;
     tcsetattr(0, TCSANOW, &term);
+#endif
 }
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
@@ -1445,11 +1463,13 @@ void disable_signals(void)
  * settings. */
 void enable_signals(void)
 {
+#ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
     struct termios term;
 
     tcgetattr(0, &term);
     term.c_lflag |= ISIG;
     tcsetattr(0, TCSANOW, &term);
+#endif
 }
 #endif
 
@@ -1457,22 +1477,26 @@ void enable_signals(void)
  * settings. */
 void disable_flow_control(void)
 {
+#ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
     struct termios term;
 
     tcgetattr(0, &term);
     term.c_iflag &= ~IXON;
     tcsetattr(0, TCSANOW, &term);
+#endif
 }
 
 /* Enable interpretation of the flow control characters in our terminal
  * settings. */
 void enable_flow_control(void)
 {
+#ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
     struct termios term;
 
     tcgetattr(0, &term);
     term.c_iflag |= IXON;
     tcsetattr(0, TCSANOW, &term);
+#endif
 }
 
 /* Set up the terminal state.  Put the terminal in raw mode (read one
@@ -1699,7 +1723,7 @@ int do_input(bool allow_funcs)
 #endif
 #ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
 	    if (f && !f->viewok)
-		reset_multis(openfile->current, FALSE);
+		check_the_multis(openfile->current);
 #endif
 	    if (!refresh_needed && (s->scfunc == do_delete || s->scfunc == do_backspace))
 		update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
@@ -1729,66 +1753,45 @@ void xoff_complaint(void)
 /* Handle a mouse click on the edit window or the shortcut list. */
 int do_mouse(void)
 {
-    int mouse_x, mouse_y;
-    int retval = get_mouseinput(&mouse_x, &mouse_y, TRUE);
+    int mouse_col, mouse_row;
+    int retval = get_mouseinput(&mouse_col, &mouse_row, TRUE);
 
+    /* If the click is wrong or already handled, we're done. */
     if (retval != 0)
-	/* The click is wrong or already handled. */
 	return retval;
 
-    /* We can click on the edit window to move the cursor. */
-    if (wmouse_trafo(edit, &mouse_y, &mouse_x, FALSE)) {
-	bool sameline;
-	    /* Did they click on the line with the cursor?  If they
-	     * clicked on the cursor, we set the mark. */
+    /* If the click was in the edit window, put the cursor in that spot. */
+    if (wmouse_trafo(edit, &mouse_row, &mouse_col, FALSE)) {
+	bool sameline = (mouse_row == openfile->current_y);
+	    /* Whether the click was on the row where the cursor is. */
 	filestruct *current_save = openfile->current;
+	ssize_t row_count = mouse_row - openfile->current_y;
+	size_t leftedge;
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
 	size_t current_x_save = openfile->current_x;
-#endif
 
-	sameline = (mouse_y == openfile->current_y);
+	if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP))
+	    leftedge = (xplustabs() / editwincols) * editwincols;
+	else
+#endif
+	    leftedge = get_page_start(xplustabs());
 
 #ifdef DEBUG
-	fprintf(stderr, "mouse_y = %d, current_y = %ld\n", mouse_y, (long)openfile->current_y);
+	fprintf(stderr, "mouse_row = %d, current_y = %ld\n", mouse_row, (long)openfile->current_y);
 #endif
 
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-	if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP)) {
-	    size_t i = 0;
+	/* Move current up or down to the row corresponding to mouse_row. */
+	if (row_count < 0)
+	    go_back_chunks(-row_count, &openfile->current, &leftedge);
+	else
+	    go_forward_chunks(row_count, &openfile->current, &leftedge);
 
-	    openfile->current = openfile->edittop;
-
-	    while (openfile->current->next != NULL && i < mouse_y) {
-		openfile->current_y = i;
-		i += strlenpt(openfile->current->data) / editwincols + 1;
-		openfile->current = openfile->current->next;
-	    }
-
-	    if (i > mouse_y) {
-		openfile->current = openfile->current->prev;
-		openfile->current_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data,
-			mouse_x + (mouse_y - openfile->current_y) * editwincols);
-	    } else
-		openfile->current_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data, mouse_x);
-	} else
-#endif /* NANO_TINY */
-	{
-	    /* Move to where the click occurred. */
-	    for (; openfile->current_y < mouse_y && openfile->current !=
-			openfile->filebot; openfile->current_y++)
-		openfile->current = openfile->current->next;
-	    for (; openfile->current_y > mouse_y && openfile->current !=
-			openfile->fileage; openfile->current_y--)
-		openfile->current = openfile->current->prev;
-
-	    openfile->current_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data,
-		get_page_start(xplustabs()) + mouse_x);
-	}
+	openfile->current_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data,
+					leftedge + mouse_col);
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
-	/* Clicking where the cursor is toggles the mark, as does
-	 * clicking beyond the line length with the cursor at the end of
-	 * the line. */
+	/* Clicking where the cursor is toggles the mark, as does clicking
+	 * beyond the line length with the cursor at the end of the line. */
 	if (sameline && openfile->current_x == current_x_save)
 	    do_mark();
 	else
@@ -1809,18 +1812,18 @@ int do_mouse(void)
  * TRUE. */
 void do_output(char *output, size_t output_len, bool allow_cntrls)
 {
-    size_t current_len, i = 0;
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-    size_t orig_lenpt = 0;
-#endif
     char *char_buf = charalloc(mb_cur_max());
     int char_len;
-
-    current_len = strlen(openfile->current->data);
-
+    size_t current_len = strlen(openfile->current->data);
+    size_t i = 0;
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
-    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP))
-	orig_lenpt = strlenpt(openfile->current->data);
+    size_t orig_rows = 0, original_row = 0;
+
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP)) {
+	if (openfile->current_y == editwinrows - 1)
+	    original_row = xplustabs() / editwincols;
+	orig_rows = strlenpt(openfile->current->data) / editwincols;
+    }
 #endif
 
     while (i < output_len) {
@@ -1844,8 +1847,6 @@ void do_output(char *output, size_t output_len, bool allow_cntrls)
 		refresh_needed = TRUE;
 	}
 
-	assert(openfile->current_x <= current_len);
-
 	/* Make room for the new character and copy it into the line. */
 	openfile->current->data = charealloc(openfile->current->data,
 					current_len + char_len + 1);
@@ -1881,13 +1882,15 @@ void do_output(char *output, size_t output_len, bool allow_cntrls)
     }
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
-    ensure_line_is_visible();
-
-    /* If the number of screen rows that a softwrapped line occupies
-     * has changed, we need a full refresh. */
-    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP) && refresh_needed == FALSE)
-	if (strlenpt(openfile->current->data) / editwincols != orig_lenpt / editwincols)
-	    refresh_needed = TRUE;
+    /* If the number of screen rows that a softwrapped line occupies has
+     * changed, we need a full refresh.  And if we were on the last line
+     * of the edit window, and we moved one screen row, we're now below
+     * the last line of the edit window, so we need a full refresh too. */
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP) && refresh_needed == FALSE &&
+		(strlenpt(openfile->current->data) / editwincols != orig_rows ||
+		(openfile->current_y == editwinrows - 1 &&
+		xplustabs() / editwincols != original_row)))
+	refresh_needed = TRUE;
 #endif
 
     free(char_buf);
@@ -1895,7 +1898,7 @@ void do_output(char *output, size_t output_len, bool allow_cntrls)
     openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
 
 #ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
-    reset_multis(openfile->current, FALSE);
+    check_the_multis(openfile->current);
 #endif
 
     if (!refresh_needed)
@@ -1920,7 +1923,6 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
 	/* The old value of the multibuffer option, restored after we
 	 * load all files on the command line. */
 #endif
-#ifdef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
     const struct option long_options[] = {
 	{"boldtext", 0, NULL, 'D'},
 #ifndef DISABLE_MULTIBUFFER
@@ -1993,7 +1995,6 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
 #endif
 	{NULL, 0, NULL, 0}
     };
-#endif
 
     /* Back up the terminal settings so that they can be restored. */
     tcgetattr(0, &oldterm);
@@ -2033,15 +2034,9 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
 	SET(RESTRICTED);
 
     while ((optchr =
-#ifdef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
 	getopt_long(argc, argv,
 		"ABC:DEFGHIKLNOPQ:RST:UVWX:Y:abcdefghijklmno:pqr:s:tuvwxz$",
-		long_options, NULL)
-#else
-	getopt(argc, argv,
-		"ABC:DEFGHIKLNOPQ:RST:UVWX:Y:abcdefghijklmno:pqr:s:tuvwxz$")
-#endif
-		) != -1) {
+		long_options, NULL)) != -1) {
 	switch (optchr) {
 	    case 'a':
 	    case 'b':
@@ -2416,14 +2411,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
 
     /* If quotestr wasn't specified, set its default value. */
     if (quotestr == NULL)
-	quotestr = mallocstrcpy(NULL,
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
-		"^([ \t]*[#:>|}])+"
-#else
-		"> "
-#endif
-		);
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
+	quotestr = mallocstrcpy(NULL, "^([ \t]*[#:>|}])+");
     quoterc = regcomp(&quotereg, quotestr, NANO_REG_EXTENDED);
 
     if (quoterc == 0) {
@@ -2436,9 +2424,6 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
 	quoteerr = charalloc(size);
 	regerror(quoterc, &quotereg, quoteerr, size);
     }
-#else
-    quotelen = strlen(quotestr);
-#endif /* !HAVE_REGEX_H */
 #endif /* !DISABLE_JUSTIFY */
 
 #ifndef DISABLE_SPELLER
@@ -2544,7 +2529,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
     shiftaltdown = get_keycode("kDN4", SHIFT_ALT_DOWN);
 #endif
 
-#ifndef USE_SLANG
+#ifdef HAVE_SET_ESCDELAY
     /* Tell ncurses to pass the Esc key quickly. */
     set_escdelay(50);
 #endif
@@ -2557,7 +2542,8 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
      * non-option argument, and it is followed by at least one other
      * argument, the filename it applies to. */
     if (0 < optind && optind < argc - 1 && argv[optind][0] == '+') {
-	parse_line_column(&argv[optind][1], &startline, &startcol);
+	if (!parse_line_column(&argv[optind][1], &startline, &startcol))
+	    statusline(ALERT, _("Invalid line or column number"));
 	optind++;
     }
 
@@ -2581,9 +2567,10 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
 	for (; i < argc; i++) {
 	    /* If there's a +LINE or +LINE,COLUMN flag here, it is followed
 	     * by at least one other argument: the filename it applies to. */
-	    if (i < argc - 1 && argv[i][0] == '+')
-		parse_line_column(&argv[i][1], &iline, &icol);
-	    else {
+	    if (i < argc - 1 && argv[i][0] == '+') {
+		if (!parse_line_column(&argv[i][1], &iline, &icol))
+		    statusline(ALERT, _("Invalid line or column number"));
+	    } else {
 		/* If opening fails, don't try to position the cursor. */
 		if (!open_buffer(argv[i], FALSE))
 		    continue;
@@ -2648,19 +2635,20 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
 	int needed_margin = digits(openfile->filebot->lineno) + 1;
 
 	/* Only enable line numbers when there is enough room for them. */
-	if (ISSET(LINE_NUMBERS) && needed_margin < COLS - 3) {
-	    if (needed_margin != margin) {
-		margin = needed_margin;
-		editwincols = COLS - margin;
-		/* The margin has changed -- schedule a full refresh. */
-		refresh_needed = TRUE;
-	    }
-	} else
-#endif
-	{
-	    margin = 0;
-	    editwincols = COLS;
+	if (!ISSET(LINE_NUMBERS) || needed_margin > COLS - 4)
+	    needed_margin = 0;
+
+	if (needed_margin != margin) {
+	    margin = needed_margin;
+	    editwincols = COLS - margin;
+
+	    /* Ensure that firstcolumn is the starting column of its chunk. */
+	    ensure_firstcolumn_is_aligned();
+
+	    /* The margin has changed -- schedule a full refresh. */
+	    refresh_needed = TRUE;
 	}
+#endif
 
 	if (currmenu != MMAIN)
 	    display_main_list();
@@ -2671,7 +2659,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
 	/* Update the displayed current cursor position only when there
 	 * are no keys waiting in the input buffer. */
 	if (ISSET(CONST_UPDATE) && get_key_buffer_len() == 0)
-	    do_cursorpos(TRUE);
+	    do_cursorpos(FALSE);
 
 	/* Refresh just the cursor position or the entire edit window. */
 	if (!refresh_needed) {

src/nano.h

@@ -49,9 +49,7 @@
 #include <sys/param.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_STDARG_H
 #include <stdarg.h>
-#endif
 
 /* Suppress warnings for __attribute__((warn_unused_result)). */
 #define IGNORE_CALL_RESULT(call) do { if (call) {} } while(0)
@@ -116,46 +114,10 @@
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <dirent.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
 #include <regex.h>
-#endif
 #include <signal.h>
 #include <assert.h>
 
-/* If no vsnprintf(), use the version from glib 2.x. */
-#ifndef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
-#include <glib.h>
-#define vsnprintf g_vsnprintf
-#endif
-
-/* If no isblank(), iswblank(), strcasecmp(), strncasecmp(),
- * strcasestr(), strnlen(), getdelim(), or getline(), use the versions
- * we have. */
-#ifndef HAVE_ISBLANK
-#define isblank nisblank
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_ISWBLANK
-#define iswblank niswblank
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_STRCASECMP
-#define strcasecmp nstrcasecmp
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_STRNCASECMP
-#define strncasecmp nstrncasecmp
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_STRCASESTR
-#define strcasestr nstrcasestr
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_STRNLEN
-#define strnlen nstrnlen
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_GETDELIM
-#define getdelim ngetdelim
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_GETLINE
-#define getline ngetline
-#endif
-
 /* If we aren't using ncurses with mouse support, turn the mouse support
  * off, as it's useless then. */
 #ifndef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION
@@ -288,6 +250,8 @@ typedef struct lintstruct {
 	/* Whole line engulfed by the regex, start < me, end > me. */
 #define CSTARTENDHERE	(1<<5)
 	/* Regex starts and ends within this line. */
+#define CWOULDBE	(1<<6)
+	/* An unpaired start match on or before this line. */
 #endif /* !DISABLE_COLOR */
 
 /* More structure types. */
@@ -389,6 +353,9 @@ typedef struct openfilestruct {
 	/* The current line for this file. */
     size_t totsize;
 	/* The file's total number of characters. */
+    size_t firstcolumn;
+	/* The starting column of the top line of the edit window.
+	 * When not in softwrap mode, it's always zero. */
     size_t current_x;
 	/* The file's x-coordinate position. */
     size_t placewewant;
@@ -545,7 +512,8 @@ enum
     MAKE_IT_UNIX,
     JUSTIFY_TRIM,
     SHOW_CURSOR,
-    LINE_NUMBERS
+    LINE_NUMBERS,
+    NO_PAUSES
 };
 
 /* Flags for the menus in which a given function should be present. */

src/prompt.c

@@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ int do_statusbar_input(bool *ran_func, bool *finished)
 	else if (s->scfunc == do_next_word_void)
 	    do_statusbar_next_word();
 #endif
-	else if (s->scfunc == do_home)
+	else if (s->scfunc == do_home_void)
 	    do_statusbar_home();
-	else if (s->scfunc == do_end)
+	else if (s->scfunc == do_end_void)
 	    do_statusbar_end();
 	/* When in restricted mode at the "Write File" prompt and the
 	 * filename isn't blank, disallow any input and deletion. */
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ void do_statusbar_cut_text(void)
     if (!ISSET(CUT_TO_END))
 	statusbar_x = 0;
 
-    null_at(&answer, statusbar_x);
+    answer[statusbar_x] = '\0';
 
     update_the_statusbar();
 }
@@ -433,9 +433,7 @@ void update_the_statusbar(void)
 
 /* Get a string of input at the statusbar prompt. */
 functionptrtype acquire_an_answer(int *actual, bool allow_tabs,
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
 	bool allow_files, bool *listed,
-#endif
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
 	filestruct **history_list,
 #endif
@@ -613,10 +611,7 @@ functionptrtype acquire_an_answer(int *actual, bool allow_tabs,
  * The allow_tabs parameter indicates whether we should allow tabs to be
  * interpreted.  The allow_files parameter indicates whether we should
  * allow all files (as opposed to just directories) to be tab completed. */
-int do_prompt(bool allow_tabs,
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
-	bool allow_files,
-#endif
+int do_prompt(bool allow_tabs, bool allow_files,
 	int menu, const char *curranswer,
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
 	filestruct **history_list,
@@ -626,9 +621,7 @@ int do_prompt(bool allow_tabs,
     va_list ap;
     int retval;
     functionptrtype func = NULL;
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
     bool listed = FALSE;
-#endif
     /* Save a possible current statusbar x position. */
     size_t was_statusbar_x = statusbar_x;
 
@@ -644,12 +637,9 @@ int do_prompt(bool allow_tabs,
     vsnprintf(prompt, COLS * mb_cur_max(), msg, ap);
     va_end(ap);
     /* Reserve five columns for colon plus angles plus answer, ":<aa>". */
-    null_at(&prompt, actual_x(prompt, (COLS < 5) ? 0 : COLS - 5));
+    prompt[actual_x(prompt, (COLS < 5) ? 0 : COLS - 5)] = '\0';
 
-    func = acquire_an_answer(&retval, allow_tabs,
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
-			allow_files, &listed,
-#endif
+    func = acquire_an_answer(&retval, allow_tabs, allow_files, &listed,
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
 			history_list,
 #endif

src/proto.h

@@ -76,7 +76,6 @@ extern WINDOW *topwin;
 extern WINDOW *edit;
 extern WINDOW *bottomwin;
 extern int editwinrows;
-extern int maxrows;
 
 extern filestruct *cutbuffer;
 extern filestruct *cutbottom;
@@ -100,13 +99,9 @@ extern const char *unjust_tag;
 extern char *punct;
 extern char *brackets;
 extern char *quotestr;
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
 extern regex_t quotereg;
 extern int quoterc;
 extern char *quoteerr;
-#else
-extern size_t quotelen;
-#endif
 #endif /* !DISABLE_JUSTIFY */
 
 extern char *word_chars;
@@ -154,10 +149,8 @@ extern filestruct *replacebot;
 extern poshiststruct *position_history;
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
 extern regex_t search_regexp;
 extern regmatch_t regmatches[10];
-#endif
 
 extern int hilite_attribute;
 #ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
@@ -184,7 +177,7 @@ void do_filesearch(void);
 void do_fileresearch(void);
 void do_first_file(void);
 void do_last_file(void);
-char *striponedir(const char *path);
+char *strip_last_component(const char *path);
 #endif
 
 /* Most functions in chars.c. */
@@ -193,12 +186,6 @@ void utf8_init(void);
 bool using_utf8(void);
 #endif
 char *addstrings(char* str1, size_t len1, char* str2, size_t len2);
-#ifndef HAVE_ISBLANK
-bool nisblank(int c);
-#endif
-#if !defined(HAVE_ISWBLANK) && defined(ENABLE_UTF8)
-bool niswblank(wchar_t wc);
-#endif
 bool is_byte(int c);
 bool is_alpha_mbchar(const char *c);
 bool is_alnum_mbchar(const char *c);
@@ -217,17 +204,8 @@ char *make_mbchar(long chr, int *chr_mb_len);
 int parse_mbchar(const char *buf, char *chr, size_t *col);
 size_t move_mbleft(const char *buf, size_t pos);
 size_t move_mbright(const char *buf, size_t pos);
-#ifndef HAVE_STRCASECMP
-int nstrcasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
-#endif
 int mbstrcasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
-#ifndef HAVE_STRNCASECMP
-int nstrncasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n);
-#endif
 int mbstrncasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n);
-#ifndef HAVE_STRCASESTR
-char *nstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
-#endif
 char *mbstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
 char *revstrstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle,
 	const char *pointer);
@@ -236,9 +214,6 @@ char *revstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, const char
 char *mbrevstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, const
 	char *rev_start);
 size_t mbstrlen(const char *s);
-#ifndef HAVE_STRNLEN
-size_t nstrnlen(const char *s, size_t maxlen);
-#endif
 size_t mbstrnlen(const char *s, size_t maxlen);
 #if !defined(NANO_TINY) || !defined(DISABLE_JUSTIFY)
 char *mbstrchr(const char *s, const char *c);
@@ -266,7 +241,7 @@ bool is_valid_mbstring(const char *s);
 void set_colorpairs(void);
 void color_init(void);
 void color_update(void);
-void reset_multis(filestruct *fileptr, bool force);
+void check_the_multis(filestruct *line);
 void alloc_multidata_if_needed(filestruct *fileptr);
 void precalc_multicolorinfo(void);
 #endif
@@ -276,7 +251,7 @@ void cutbuffer_reset(void);
 bool keeping_cutbuffer(void);
 void cut_line(void);
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
-void cut_marked(void);
+void cut_marked(bool *right_side_up);
 void cut_to_eol(void);
 void cut_to_eof(void);
 #endif
@@ -294,6 +269,10 @@ void initialize_buffer_text(void);
 bool open_buffer(const char *filename, bool undoable);
 #ifndef DISABLE_SPELLER
 void replace_buffer(const char *filename);
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+void replace_marked_buffer(const char *filename, filestruct *top, size_t top_x,
+	filestruct *bot, size_t bot_x);
+#endif
 #endif
 void display_buffer(void);
 #ifndef DISABLE_MULTIBUFFER
@@ -301,8 +280,9 @@ void switch_to_prev_buffer_void(void);
 void switch_to_next_buffer_void(void);
 bool close_buffer(void);
 #endif
-filestruct *read_line(char *buf, size_t buf_len, filestruct *prevnode);
-void read_file(FILE *f, int fd, const char *filename, bool undoable, bool checkwritable);
+char *encode_data(char *buf, size_t buf_len);
+void read_file(FILE *f, int fd, const char *filename, bool undoable,
+		bool checkwritable);
 int open_file(const char *filename, bool newfie, bool quiet, FILE **f);
 char *get_next_filename(const char *name, const char *suffix);
 void do_insertfile_void(void);
@@ -348,7 +328,7 @@ const char *tail(const char *path);
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
 char *histfilename(void);
 void load_history(void);
-bool writehist(FILE *hist, const filestruct *histhead);
+bool writehist(FILE *hist, const filestruct *head);
 void save_history(void);
 int check_dotnano(void);
 void load_poshistory(void);
@@ -403,9 +383,10 @@ void do_prev_word(bool allow_punct, bool allow_update);
 void do_prev_word_void(void);
 bool do_next_word(bool allow_punct, bool allow_update);
 void do_next_word_void(void);
-void ensure_line_is_visible(void);
-void do_home(void);
-void do_end(void);
+void do_home(bool be_clever);
+void do_home_void(void);
+void do_end(bool be_clever);
+void do_end_void(void);
 void do_up(bool scroll_only);
 void do_up_void(void);
 void do_down(bool scroll_only);
@@ -429,9 +410,10 @@ void renumber(filestruct *fileptr);
 partition *partition_filestruct(filestruct *top, size_t top_x,
 	filestruct *bot, size_t bot_x);
 void unpartition_filestruct(partition **p);
-void move_to_filestruct(filestruct **file_top, filestruct **file_bot,
+void extract_buffer(filestruct **file_top, filestruct **file_bot,
 	filestruct *top, size_t top_x, filestruct *bot, size_t bot_x);
-void copy_from_filestruct(filestruct *somebuffer);
+void ingraft_buffer(filestruct *somebuffer);
+void copy_from_buffer(filestruct *somebuffer);
 openfilestruct *make_new_opennode(void);
 void unlink_opennode(openfilestruct *fileptr);
 void delete_opennode(openfilestruct *fileptr);
@@ -449,11 +431,7 @@ void disable_mouse_support(void);
 void enable_mouse_support(void);
 void mouse_init(void);
 #endif
-void print_opt_full(const char *shortflag
-#ifdef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
-	, const char *longflag
-#endif
-	, const char *desc);
+void print_opt(const char *shortflag, const char *longflag, const char *desc);
 void usage(void);
 void version(void);
 void do_exit(void);
@@ -503,10 +481,7 @@ size_t get_statusbar_page_start(size_t start_col, size_t column);
 void reinit_statusbar_x(void);
 void reset_statusbar_cursor(void);
 void update_the_statusbar(void);
-int do_prompt(bool allow_tabs,
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
-	bool allow_files,
-#endif
+int do_prompt(bool allow_tabs, bool allow_files,
 	int menu, const char *curranswer,
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
 	filestruct **history_list,
@@ -528,15 +503,13 @@ void do_rcfiles(void);
 #endif /* !DISABLE_NANORC */
 
 /* All functions in search.c. */
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
 bool regexp_init(const char *regexp);
 void regexp_cleanup(void);
-#endif
 void not_found_msg(const char *str);
 void search_replace_abort(void);
 int search_init(bool replacing, bool use_answer);
-int findnextstr(const char *needle, bool whole_word_only, size_t *match_len,
-	const filestruct *begin, size_t begin_x);
+int findnextstr(const char *needle, bool whole_word_only, bool have_region,
+	size_t *match_len, bool skipone, const filestruct *begin, size_t begin_x);
 void do_search(void);
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
 void do_findprevious(void);
@@ -544,9 +517,7 @@ void do_findnext(void);
 #endif
 void do_research(void);
 void go_looking(void);
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
 int replace_regexp(char *string, bool create);
-#endif
 char *replace_line(const char *needle);
 ssize_t do_replace_loop(const char *needle, bool whole_word_only,
 	const filestruct *real_current, size_t *real_current_x);
@@ -614,11 +585,7 @@ void wrap_reset(void);
 bool do_wrap(filestruct *line);
 #endif
 #if !defined(DISABLE_HELP) || !defined(DISABLE_WRAPJUSTIFY)
-ssize_t break_line(const char *line, ssize_t goal
-#ifndef DISABLE_HELP
-	, bool newln
-#endif
-	);
+ssize_t break_line(const char *line, ssize_t goal, bool snap_at_nl);
 #endif
 #if !defined(NANO_TINY) || !defined(DISABLE_JUSTIFY)
 size_t indent_length(const char *line);
@@ -665,17 +632,7 @@ void snuggly_fit(char **str);
 void null_at(char **data, size_t index);
 void unsunder(char *str, size_t true_len);
 void sunder(char *str);
-#if !defined(NANO_TINY) && !defined(DISABLE_NANORC)
-#ifndef HAVE_GETLINE
-ssize_t ngetline(char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream);
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_GETDELIM
-ssize_t ngetdelim(char **lineptr, size_t *n, int delim, FILE *stream);
-#endif
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
 const char *fixbounds(const char *r);
-#endif
 #ifndef DISABLE_SPELLER
 bool is_separate_word(size_t position, size_t length, const char *buf);
 #endif
@@ -730,7 +687,7 @@ int *parse_verbatim_kbinput(WINDOW *win, size_t *count);
 int get_mouseinput(int *mouse_x, int *mouse_y, bool allow_shortcuts);
 #endif
 const sc *get_shortcut(int *kbinput);
-void blank_line(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, int n);
+void blank_row(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, int n);
 void blank_titlebar(void);
 void blank_edit(void);
 void blank_statusbar(void);
@@ -746,18 +703,28 @@ void statusline(message_type importance, const char *msg, ...);
 void bottombars(int menu);
 void onekey(const char *keystroke, const char *desc, int length);
 void reset_cursor(void);
-void edit_draw(filestruct *fileptr, const char *converted, int
-	line, size_t start);
+void edit_draw(filestruct *fileptr, const char *converted,
+	int line, size_t from_col);
 int update_line(filestruct *fileptr, size_t index);
-bool need_horizontal_scroll(const size_t old_column, const size_t new_column);
-void edit_scroll(scroll_dir direction, ssize_t nlines);
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+int update_softwrapped_line(filestruct *fileptr);
+#endif
+bool line_needs_update(const size_t old_column, const size_t new_column);
+int go_back_chunks(int nrows, filestruct **line, size_t *leftedge);
+int go_forward_chunks(int nrows, filestruct **line, size_t *leftedge);
+bool less_than_a_screenful(size_t was_lineno, size_t was_leftedge);
+void edit_scroll(scroll_dir direction, int nrows);
+void ensure_firstcolumn_is_aligned(void);
+bool current_is_above_screen(void);
+bool current_is_below_screen(void);
+bool current_is_offscreen(void);
 void edit_redraw(filestruct *old_current);
 void edit_refresh(void);
 void adjust_viewport(update_type location);
 void total_redraw(void);
 void total_refresh(void);
 void display_main_list(void);
-void do_cursorpos(bool constant);
+void do_cursorpos(bool force);
 void do_cursorpos_void(void);
 void spotlight(bool active, const char *word);
 void xon_complaint(void);

src/rcfile.c

@@ -62,6 +62,7 @@ static const rcoption rcopts[] = {
 #endif
     {"nohelp", NO_HELP},
     {"nonewlines", NO_NEWLINES},
+    {"nopauses", NO_PAUSES},
 #ifndef DISABLE_WRAPPING
     {"nowrap", NO_WRAP},
 #endif
@@ -79,9 +80,7 @@ static const rcoption rcopts[] = {
 #endif
     {"rebinddelete", REBIND_DELETE},
     {"rebindkeypad", REBIND_KEYPAD},
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
     {"regexp", USE_REGEXP},
-#endif
 #ifndef DISABLE_SPELLER
     {"speller", 0},
 #endif
@@ -169,7 +168,7 @@ void rcfile_error(const char *msg, ...)
  * returned pointer will point to '\0' if we hit the end of the line. */
 char *parse_next_word(char *ptr)
 {
-    while (!isblank(*ptr) && *ptr != '\0')
+    while (!isblank((unsigned char)*ptr) && *ptr != '\0')
 	ptr++;
 
     if (*ptr == '\0')
@@ -178,7 +177,7 @@ char *parse_next_word(char *ptr)
     /* Null-terminate and advance ptr. */
     *ptr++ = '\0';
 
-    while (isblank(*ptr))
+    while (isblank((unsigned char)*ptr))
 	ptr++;
 
     return ptr;
@@ -217,7 +216,7 @@ char *parse_argument(char *ptr)
 	ptr = last_quote + 1;
     }
     if (ptr != NULL)
-	while (isblank(*ptr))
+	while (isblank((unsigned char)*ptr))
 	    ptr++;
     return ptr;
 }
@@ -232,7 +231,7 @@ char *parse_next_regex(char *ptr)
     /* Continue until the end of line, or until a " followed by a
      * blank character or the end of line. */
     while (*ptr != '\0' && (*ptr != '"' ||
-		(*(ptr + 1) != '\0' && !isblank(*(ptr + 1)))))
+		(*(ptr + 1) != '\0' && !isblank((unsigned char)ptr[1]))))
 	ptr++;
 
     assert(*ptr == '"' || *ptr == '\0');
@@ -246,7 +245,7 @@ char *parse_next_regex(char *ptr)
     /* Null-terminate and advance ptr. */
     *ptr++ = '\0';
 
-    while (isblank(*ptr))
+    while (isblank((unsigned char)*ptr))
 	ptr++;
 
     return ptr;
@@ -351,7 +350,7 @@ void parse_syntax(char *ptr)
 bool is_universal(void (*func))
 {
     if (func == do_left || func == do_right ||
-	func == do_home || func == do_end ||
+	func == do_home_void || func == do_end_void ||
 	func == do_prev_word_void || func == do_next_word_void ||
 	func == do_verbatim_input || func == do_cut_text_void ||
 	func == do_delete || func == do_backspace ||
@@ -389,11 +388,11 @@ void parse_binding(char *ptr, bool dobind)
     }
 
     /* Uppercase only the first two or three characters of the key name. */
-    keycopy[0] = toupper(keycopy[0]);
-    keycopy[1] = toupper(keycopy[1]);
+    keycopy[0] = toupper((unsigned char)keycopy[0]);
+    keycopy[1] = toupper((unsigned char)keycopy[1]);
     if (keycopy[0] == 'M' && keycopy[1] == '-') {
 	if (strlen(keycopy) > 2)
-	    keycopy[2] = toupper(keycopy[2]);
+	    keycopy[2] = toupper((unsigned char)keycopy[2]);
 	else {
 	    rcfile_error(N_("Key name is too short"));
 	    goto free_copy;
@@ -403,7 +402,7 @@ void parse_binding(char *ptr, bool dobind)
     /* Allow the codes for Insert and Delete to be rebound, but apart
      * from those two only Control, Meta and Function sequences. */
     if (!strcasecmp(keycopy, "Ins") || !strcasecmp(keycopy, "Del"))
-	keycopy[1] = tolower(keycopy[1]);
+	keycopy[1] = tolower((unsigned char)keycopy[1]);
     else if (keycopy[0] != '^' && keycopy[0] != 'M' && keycopy[0] != 'F') {
 	rcfile_error(N_("Key name must begin with \"^\", \"M\", or \"F\""));
 	goto free_copy;
@@ -648,7 +647,7 @@ void parse_colors(char *ptr, int rex_flags)
 {
     short fg, bg;
     bool bright = FALSE;
-    char *fgstr;
+    char *item;
 
     assert(ptr != NULL);
 
@@ -664,9 +663,9 @@ void parse_colors(char *ptr, int rex_flags)
 	return;
     }
 
-    fgstr = ptr;
+    item = ptr;
     ptr = parse_next_word(ptr);
-    if (!parse_color_names(fgstr, &fg, &bg, &bright))
+    if (!parse_color_names(item, &fg, &bg, &bright))
 	return;
 
     if (*ptr == '\0') {
@@ -696,12 +695,16 @@ void parse_colors(char *ptr, int rex_flags)
 	    continue;
 	}
 
-	fgstr = ++ptr;
+	item = ++ptr;
 	ptr = parse_next_regex(ptr);
 	if (ptr == NULL)
 	    break;
 
-	goodstart = nregcomp(fgstr, rex_flags);
+	if (*item == '\0') {
+	    rcfile_error(N_("Empty regex string"));
+	    goodstart = FALSE;
+	} else
+	    goodstart = nregcomp(item, rex_flags);
 
 	/* If the starting regex is valid, initialize a new color struct,
 	 * and hook it in at the tail of the linked list. */
@@ -713,7 +716,7 @@ void parse_colors(char *ptr, int rex_flags)
 	    newcolor->bright = bright;
 	    newcolor->rex_flags = rex_flags;
 
-	    newcolor->start_regex = mallocstrcpy(NULL, fgstr);
+	    newcolor->start_regex = mallocstrcpy(NULL, item);
 	    newcolor->start = NULL;
 
 	    newcolor->end_regex = NULL;
@@ -746,19 +749,24 @@ void parse_colors(char *ptr, int rex_flags)
 	    continue;
 	}
 
-	fgstr = ++ptr;
+	item = ++ptr;
 	ptr = parse_next_regex(ptr);
 	if (ptr == NULL)
 	    break;
 
+	if (*item == '\0') {
+	    rcfile_error(N_("Empty regex string"));
+	    continue;
+	}
+
 	/* If the start regex was invalid, skip past the end regex
 	 * to stay in sync. */
 	if (!goodstart)
 	    continue;
 
 	/* If it's valid, save the ending regex string. */
-	if (nregcomp(fgstr, rex_flags))
-	    newcolor->end_regex = mallocstrcpy(NULL, fgstr);
+	if (nregcomp(item, rex_flags))
+	    newcolor->end_regex = mallocstrcpy(NULL, item);
 
 	/* Lame way to skip another static counter. */
 	newcolor->id = live_syntax->nmultis;
@@ -959,7 +967,7 @@ void parse_rcfile(FILE *rcstream, bool syntax_only)
 
 	lineno++;
 	ptr = buf;
-	while (isblank(*ptr))
+	while (isblank((unsigned char)*ptr))
 	    ptr++;
 
 	/* If we have a blank line or a comment, skip to the next
@@ -1147,10 +1155,9 @@ void parse_rcfile(FILE *rcstream, bool syntax_only)
 		rcfile_error(N_("Requested fill size \"%s\" is invalid"),
 				option);
 		wrap_at = -CHARS_FROM_EOL;
-	    } else {
+	    } else
 		UNSET(NO_WRAP);
-		free(option);
-	    }
+	    free(option);
 	} else
 #endif
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
@@ -1211,8 +1218,8 @@ void parse_rcfile(FILE *rcstream, bool syntax_only)
 		rcfile_error(N_("Requested tab size \"%s\" is invalid"),
 				option);
 		tabsize = -1;
-	    } else
-		free(option);
+	    }
+	    free(option);
 	} else
 	    assert(FALSE);
     }
@@ -1286,7 +1293,7 @@ void do_rcfiles(void)
 
     free(nanorc);
 
-    if (errors && !ISSET(QUIET)) {
+    if (errors && !ISSET(QUIET) && !ISSET(NO_PAUSES)) {
 	errors = FALSE;
 	fprintf(stderr, _("\nPress Enter to continue starting nano.\n"));
 	while (getchar() != '\n')

src/search.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *                                                                        *
  *   Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,  *
  *   2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.    *
- *   Copyright (C) 2015, 2016 Benno Schulenberg                           *
+ *   Copyright (C) 2015, 2016, 2017 Benno Schulenberg                     *
  *                                                                        *
  *   GNU nano is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify     *
  *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published    *
@@ -35,26 +35,22 @@ static bool came_full_circle = FALSE;
 static bool history_changed = FALSE;
 	/* Have any of the history lists changed? */
 #endif
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
 static bool regexp_compiled = FALSE;
 	/* Have we compiled any regular expressions? */
 
-/* Compile the regular expression regexp to see if it's valid.  Return
- * TRUE if it is, or FALSE otherwise. */
+/* Compile the given regular expression and store it in search_regexp.
+ * Return TRUE if the expression is valid, and FALSE otherwise. */
 bool regexp_init(const char *regexp)
 {
-    int rc;
-
-    assert(!regexp_compiled);
-
-    rc = regcomp(&search_regexp, fixbounds(regexp),
+    int value = regcomp(&search_regexp, fixbounds(regexp),
 		NANO_REG_EXTENDED | (ISSET(CASE_SENSITIVE) ? 0 : REG_ICASE));
 
-    if (rc != 0) {
-	size_t len = regerror(rc, &search_regexp, NULL, 0);
+    /* If regex compilation failed, show the error message. */
+    if (value != 0) {
+	size_t len = regerror(value, &search_regexp, NULL, 0);
 	char *str = charalloc(len);
 
-	regerror(rc, &search_regexp, str, len);
+	regerror(value, &search_regexp, str, len);
 	statusline(ALERT, _("Bad regex \"%s\": %s"), regexp, str);
 	free(str);
 
@@ -75,7 +71,6 @@ void regexp_cleanup(void)
 	regfree(&search_regexp);
     }
 }
-#endif
 
 /* Indicate on the statusbar that the string at str was not found by the
  * last search. */
@@ -105,9 +100,7 @@ void search_replace_abort(void)
     if (openfile->mark_set)
 	refresh_needed = TRUE;
 #endif
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
     regexp_cleanup();
-#endif
 }
 
 /* Set up the system variables for a search or replace.  If use_answer
@@ -150,10 +143,7 @@ int search_init(bool replacing, bool use_answer)
 	buf = mallocstrcpy(NULL, "");
 
     /* This is now one simple call.  It just does a lot. */
-    i = do_prompt(FALSE,
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
-		TRUE,
-#endif
+    i = do_prompt(FALSE, FALSE,
 		replacing ? MREPLACE : MWHEREIS, backupstring,
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
 		&search_history,
@@ -162,10 +152,7 @@ int search_init(bool replacing, bool use_answer)
 		edit_refresh, "%s%s%s%s%s%s", _("Search"),
 		/* TRANSLATORS: The next three modify the search prompt. */
 		ISSET(CASE_SENSITIVE) ? _(" [Case Sensitive]") : "",
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
-		ISSET(USE_REGEXP) ? _(" [Regexp]") :
-#endif
-		"",
+		ISSET(USE_REGEXP) ? _(" [Regexp]") : "",
 		ISSET(BACKWARDS_SEARCH) ? _(" [Backwards]") : "", replacing ?
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
 		/* TRANSLATORS: The next two modify the search prompt. */
@@ -195,11 +182,9 @@ int search_init(bool replacing, bool use_answer)
 	    update_history(&search_history, answer);
 #endif
 	}
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
 	if (ISSET(USE_REGEXP) && !regexp_init(last_search))
 	    return -1;
 	else
-#endif
 	    return 0;	/* We have a valid string or regex. */
     }
 
@@ -213,15 +198,11 @@ int search_init(bool replacing, bool use_answer)
 	TOGGLE(BACKWARDS_SEARCH);
 	backupstring = mallocstrcpy(backupstring, answer);
 	return 1;
-    } else
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
-    if (func == regexp_void) {
+    } else if (func == regexp_void) {
 	TOGGLE(USE_REGEXP);
 	backupstring = mallocstrcpy(backupstring, answer);
 	return 1;
-    } else
-#endif
-    if (func == do_replace || func == flip_replace_void) {
+    } else if (func == do_replace || func == flip_replace_void) {
 	backupstring = mallocstrcpy(backupstring, answer);
 	return -2;	/* Call the opposite search function. */
     } else if (func == do_gotolinecolumn_void) {
@@ -237,32 +218,23 @@ int search_init(bool replacing, bool use_answer)
  * where we first started searching, at column begin_x.  Return 1 when we
  * found something, 0 when nothing, and -2 on cancel.  When match_len is
  * not NULL, set it to the length of the found string, if any. */
-int findnextstr(const char *needle, bool whole_word_only, size_t *match_len,
-	const filestruct *begin, size_t begin_x)
+int findnextstr(const char *needle, bool whole_word_only, bool have_region,
+	size_t *match_len, bool skipone, const filestruct *begin, size_t begin_x)
 {
-    size_t found_len;
-	/* The length of the match we find. */
+    size_t found_len = strlen(needle);
+	/* The length of a match -- will be recomputed for a regex. */
     int feedback = 0;
 	/* When bigger than zero, show and wipe the "Searching..." message. */
-    filestruct *fileptr = openfile->current;
-    const char *rev_start = fileptr->data, *found = NULL;
+    filestruct *line = openfile->current;
+	/* The line that we will search through now. */
+    const char *from = line->data + openfile->current_x;
+	/* The point in the line from where we start searching. */
+    const char *found = NULL;
+	/* A pointer to the location of the match, if any. */
     size_t found_x;
 	/* The x coordinate of a found occurrence. */
     time_t lastkbcheck = time(NULL);
 
-    /* rev_start might end up 1 character before the start or after the
-     * end of the line.  This won't be a problem because strstrwrapper()
-     * will return immediately and say that no match was found, and
-     * rev_start will be properly set when the search continues on the
-     * previous or next line. */
-    if (ISSET(BACKWARDS_SEARCH)) {
-	if (openfile->current_x == 0)
-	    rev_start += -1;
-	else
-	    rev_start += move_mbleft(fileptr->data, openfile->current_x);
-    } else
-	rev_start += move_mbright(fileptr->data, openfile->current_x);
-
     enable_nodelay();
 
     if (begin == NULL)
@@ -293,32 +265,39 @@ int findnextstr(const char *needle, bool whole_word_only, size_t *match_len,
 	}
 
 	/* Search for the needle in the current line. */
-	found = strstrwrapper(fileptr->data, needle, rev_start);
+	if (!skipone)
+	    found = strstrwrapper(line->data, needle, from);
+
+	/* Ignore the initial match at the starting position: continue
+	 * searching from the next character, or invalidate the match. */
+	if (skipone || (!whole_word_only && !came_full_circle &&
+				found == begin->data + begin_x)) {
+	    skipone = FALSE;
+	    if (ISSET(BACKWARDS_SEARCH) && from != line->data) {
+		from = line->data + move_mbleft(line->data, from - line->data);
+		continue;
+	    } else if (!ISSET(BACKWARDS_SEARCH) && *from != '\0') {
+		from += move_mbright(from, 0);
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    found = NULL;
+	}
 
 	if (found != NULL) {
-	    /* Remember the length of the potential match. */
-	    found_len =
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
-		ISSET(USE_REGEXP) ?
-		regmatches[0].rm_eo - regmatches[0].rm_so :
-#endif
-		strlen(needle);
-
+	    /* When doing a regex search, compute the length of the match. */
+	    if (ISSET(USE_REGEXP))
+		found_len = regmatches[0].rm_eo - regmatches[0].rm_so;
 #ifndef DISABLE_SPELLER
-	    /* When we're spell checking, a match is only a true match when
-	     * it is a separate word. */
-	    if (whole_word_only) {
-		if (is_separate_word(found - fileptr->data, found_len,
-					fileptr->data))
-		    break;
-		else {
-		    /* Maybe there is a whole word in the rest of the line. */
-		    rev_start = found + 1;
-		    continue;
-		}
-	    } else
+	    /* When we're spell checking, a match should be a separate word;
+	     * if it's not, continue looking in the rest of the line. */
+	    if (whole_word_only && !is_separate_word(found - line->data,
+						found_len, line->data)) {
+		from = found + move_mbright(found, 0);
+		continue;
+	    }
 #endif
-		break;
+	    /* The match is valid. */
+	    break;
 	}
 
 	/* If we're back at the beginning, then there is no needle. */
@@ -330,23 +309,22 @@ int findnextstr(const char *needle, bool whole_word_only, size_t *match_len,
 
 	/* Move to the previous or next line in the file. */
 	if (ISSET(BACKWARDS_SEARCH))
-	    fileptr = fileptr->prev;
+	    line = line->prev;
 	else
-	    fileptr = fileptr->next;
+	    line = line->next;
 
-	/* If we've reached the start or end of the buffer, wrap around. */
-	if (fileptr == NULL) {
-#ifndef DISABLE_SPELLER
-	    /* When we're spell-checking, end-of-buffer means we're done. */
-	    if (whole_word_only) {
+	/* If we've reached the start or end of the buffer, wrap around;
+	 * but stop when spell-checking or replacing in a region. */
+	if (line == NULL) {
+	    if (whole_word_only || have_region) {
 		disable_nodelay();
 		return 0;
 	    }
-#endif
+
 	    if (ISSET(BACKWARDS_SEARCH))
-		fileptr = openfile->filebot;
+		line = openfile->filebot;
 	    else
-		fileptr = openfile->fileage;
+		line = openfile->fileage;
 
 	    statusbar(_("Search Wrapped"));
 	    /* Delay the "Searching..." message for at least two seconds. */
@@ -354,16 +332,16 @@ int findnextstr(const char *needle, bool whole_word_only, size_t *match_len,
 	}
 
 	/* If we've reached the original starting line, take note. */
-	if (fileptr == begin)
+	if (line == begin)
 	    came_full_circle = TRUE;
 
 	/* Set the starting x to the start or end of the line. */
-	rev_start = fileptr->data;
+	from = line->data;
 	if (ISSET(BACKWARDS_SEARCH))
-	    rev_start += strlen(fileptr->data);
+	    from += strlen(line->data);
     }
 
-    found_x = found - fileptr->data;
+    found_x = found - line->data;
 
     /* Ensure that the found occurrence is not beyond the starting x. */
     if (came_full_circle && ((!ISSET(BACKWARDS_SEARCH) && found_x > begin_x) ||
@@ -376,9 +354,8 @@ int findnextstr(const char *needle, bool whole_word_only, size_t *match_len,
     disable_nodelay();
 
     /* Set the current position to point at what we found. */
-    openfile->current = fileptr;
+    openfile->current = line;
     openfile->current_x = found_x;
-    openfile->current_y = fileptr->lineno - openfile->edittop->lineno;
 
     /* When requested, pass back the length of the match. */
     if (match_len != NULL)
@@ -446,10 +423,8 @@ void do_research(void)
 	return;
     }
 
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
     if (ISSET(USE_REGEXP) && !regexp_init(last_search))
 	return;
-#endif
 
     /* Use the search-menu key bindings, to allow cancelling. */
     currmenu = MWHEREIS;
@@ -470,7 +445,7 @@ void go_looking(void)
 
     came_full_circle = FALSE;
 
-    didfind = findnextstr(last_search, FALSE, NULL,
+    didfind = findnextstr(last_search, FALSE, FALSE, NULL, FALSE,
 				openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
 
     /* If we found something, and we're back at the exact same spot
@@ -487,7 +462,6 @@ void go_looking(void)
     search_replace_abort();
 }
 
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
 /* Calculate the size of the replacement text, taking possible
  * subexpressions \1 to \9 into account.  Return the replacement
  * text in the passed string only when create is TRUE. */
@@ -519,7 +493,7 @@ int replace_regexp(char *string, bool create)
 	     * subexpression match to the new line. */
 	    if (create) {
 		strncpy(string, openfile->current->data +
-			openfile->current_x + regmatches[num].rm_so, i);
+					regmatches[num].rm_so, i);
 		string += i;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -530,7 +504,6 @@ int replace_regexp(char *string, bool create)
 
     return replacement_size;
 }
-#endif /* HAVE_REGEX_H */
 
 /* Return a copy of the current line with one needle replaced. */
 char *replace_line(const char *needle)
@@ -540,17 +513,13 @@ char *replace_line(const char *needle)
     size_t new_line_size = strlen(openfile->current->data) + 1;
 
     /* First adjust the size of the new line for the change. */
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
     if (ISSET(USE_REGEXP)) {
 	match_len = regmatches[0].rm_eo - regmatches[0].rm_so;
 	new_line_size += replace_regexp(NULL, FALSE) - match_len;
     } else {
-#endif
 	match_len = strlen(needle);
 	new_line_size += strlen(answer) - match_len;
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
     }
-#endif
 
     /* Create the buffer. */
     copy = charalloc(new_line_size);
@@ -559,11 +528,9 @@ char *replace_line(const char *needle)
     strncpy(copy, openfile->current->data, openfile->current_x);
 
     /* Add the replacement text. */
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
     if (ISSET(USE_REGEXP))
 	replace_regexp(copy + openfile->current_x, TRUE);
     else
-#endif
 	strcpy(copy + openfile->current_x, answer);
 
     assert(openfile->current_x + match_len <= strlen(openfile->current->data));
@@ -586,16 +553,19 @@ ssize_t do_replace_loop(const char *needle, bool whole_word_only,
     ssize_t numreplaced = -1;
     size_t match_len;
     bool replaceall = FALSE;
+    bool skipone = FALSE;
+    bool mark_was_set = FALSE;
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
-    bool old_mark_set = openfile->mark_set;
     filestruct *top, *bot;
     size_t top_x, bot_x;
     bool right_side_up = FALSE;
 	/* TRUE if (mark_begin, mark_begin_x) is the top of the mark,
 	 * FALSE if (current, current_x) is. */
 
+    mark_was_set = openfile->mark_set;
+
     /* If the mark is on, frame the region, and turn the mark off. */
-    if (old_mark_set) {
+    if (mark_was_set) {
 	mark_order((const filestruct **)&top, &top_x,
 			(const filestruct **)&bot, &bot_x, &right_side_up);
 	openfile->mark_set = FALSE;
@@ -603,7 +573,7 @@ ssize_t do_replace_loop(const char *needle, bool whole_word_only,
 	/* Start either at the top or the bottom of the marked region. */
 	if (!ISSET(BACKWARDS_SEARCH)) {
 	    openfile->current = top;
-	    openfile->current_x = (top_x == 0 ? 0 : top_x - 1);
+	    openfile->current_x = top_x;
 	} else {
 	    openfile->current = bot;
 	    openfile->current_x = bot_x;
@@ -615,8 +585,8 @@ ssize_t do_replace_loop(const char *needle, bool whole_word_only,
 
     while (TRUE) {
 	int i = 0;
-	int result = findnextstr(needle, whole_word_only, &match_len,
-					real_current, *real_current_x);
+	int result = findnextstr(needle, whole_word_only, mark_was_set,
+			&match_len, skipone, real_current, *real_current_x);
 
 	/* If nothing more was found, or the user aborted, stop looping. */
 	if (result < 1) {
@@ -626,15 +596,14 @@ ssize_t do_replace_loop(const char *needle, bool whole_word_only,
 	}
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
-	if (old_mark_set) {
-	    /* When we've found an occurrence outside of the marked region,
-	     * stop the fanfare. */
-	    if (openfile->current->lineno > bot->lineno ||
-			openfile->current->lineno < top->lineno ||
-			(openfile->current == bot && openfile->current_x > bot_x) ||
-			(openfile->current == top && openfile->current_x < top_x))
-		break;
-	}
+	/* An occurrence outside of the marked region means we're done. */
+	if (mark_was_set && (openfile->current->lineno > bot->lineno ||
+				openfile->current->lineno < top->lineno ||
+				(openfile->current == bot &&
+				openfile->current_x + match_len > bot_x) ||
+				(openfile->current == top &&
+				openfile->current_x < top_x)))
+	    break;
 #endif
 
 	/* Indicate that we found the search string. */
@@ -666,6 +635,10 @@ ssize_t do_replace_loop(const char *needle, bool whole_word_only,
 		break;
 	    else if (i == 2)
 		replaceall = TRUE;
+
+	    /* When "No" or moving backwards, the search routine should
+	     * first move one character further before continuing. */
+	    skipone = (i == 0 || ISSET(BACKWARDS_SEARCH));
 	}
 
 	if (i == 1 || replaceall) {  /* Yes, replace it. */
@@ -682,7 +655,7 @@ ssize_t do_replace_loop(const char *needle, bool whole_word_only,
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
 	    /* If the mark was on and it was located after the cursor,
 	     * then adjust its x position for any text length changes. */
-	    if (old_mark_set && !right_side_up) {
+	    if (mark_was_set && !right_side_up) {
 		if (openfile->current == openfile->mark_begin &&
 			openfile->mark_begin_x > openfile->current_x) {
 		    if (openfile->mark_begin_x < openfile->current_x + match_len)
@@ -695,10 +668,10 @@ ssize_t do_replace_loop(const char *needle, bool whole_word_only,
 
 	    /* If the mark was not on or it was before the cursor, then
 	     * adjust the cursor's x position for any text length changes. */
-	    if (!old_mark_set || right_side_up) {
+	    if (!mark_was_set || right_side_up) {
 #endif
 		if (openfile->current == real_current &&
-			openfile->current_x <= *real_current_x) {
+			openfile->current_x < *real_current_x) {
 		    if (*real_current_x < openfile->current_x + match_len)
 			*real_current_x = openfile->current_x + match_len;
 		    *real_current_x += length_change;
@@ -708,29 +681,20 @@ ssize_t do_replace_loop(const char *needle, bool whole_word_only,
 #endif
 	    }
 
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
 	    /* Don't find the same zero-length or BOL match again. */
 	    if (match_len == 0 || (*needle == '^' && ISSET(USE_REGEXP)))
-		match_len++;
-#endif
-	    /* Set the cursor at the last character of the replacement
-	     * text, so that searching will continue /after/ it.  Note
-	     * that current_x might be set to (size_t)-1 here. */
+		skipone = TRUE;
+
+	    /* When moving forward, put the cursor just after the replacement
+	     * text, so that searching will continue there. */
 	    if (!ISSET(BACKWARDS_SEARCH))
-		openfile->current_x += match_len + length_change - 1;
+		openfile->current_x += match_len + length_change;
 
 	    /* Update the file size, and put the changed line into place. */
 	    openfile->totsize += mbstrlen(copy) - mbstrlen(openfile->current->data);
 	    free(openfile->current->data);
 	    openfile->current->data = copy;
 
-#ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
-	    /* Reset the precalculated multiline-regex hints only when
-	     * the first replacement has been made. */
-	    if (numreplaced == 0)
-		reset_multis(openfile->current, TRUE);
-#endif
-
 	    if (!replaceall) {
 #ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
 		/* When doing syntax coloring, the replacement might require
@@ -750,9 +714,13 @@ ssize_t do_replace_loop(const char *needle, bool whole_word_only,
 
     if (numreplaced == -1)
 	not_found_msg(needle);
+#ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
+    else if (numreplaced > 0)
+	refresh_needed = TRUE;
+#endif
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
-    if (old_mark_set)
+    if (mark_was_set)
 	openfile->mark_set = TRUE;
 #endif
 
@@ -768,7 +736,7 @@ ssize_t do_replace_loop(const char *needle, bool whole_word_only,
 void do_replace(void)
 {
     filestruct *edittop_save, *begin;
-    size_t begin_x;
+    size_t firstcolumn_save, begin_x;
     ssize_t numreplaced;
     int i;
 
@@ -789,11 +757,7 @@ void do_replace(void)
     if (i != 0)
 	return;
 
-    i = do_prompt(FALSE,
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
-		TRUE,
-#endif
-		MREPLACEWITH, NULL,
+    i = do_prompt(FALSE, FALSE, MREPLACEWITH, NULL,
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
 		&replace_history,
 #endif
@@ -816,6 +780,7 @@ void do_replace(void)
 
     /* Save where we are. */
     edittop_save = openfile->edittop;
+    firstcolumn_save = openfile->firstcolumn;
     begin = openfile->current;
     begin_x = openfile->current_x;
 
@@ -823,6 +788,7 @@ void do_replace(void)
 
     /* Restore where we were. */
     openfile->edittop = edittop_save;
+    openfile->firstcolumn = firstcolumn_save;
     openfile->current = begin;
     openfile->current_x = begin_x;
     refresh_needed = TRUE;
@@ -858,11 +824,8 @@ void do_gotolinecolumn(ssize_t line, ssize_t column, bool use_answer,
 	functionptrtype func;
 
 	/* Ask for the line and column. */
-	int i = do_prompt(FALSE,
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
-		TRUE,
-#endif
-		MGOTOLINE, use_answer ? answer : NULL,
+	int i = do_prompt(FALSE, FALSE, MGOTOLINE,
+		use_answer ? answer : NULL,
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
 		NULL,
 #endif
@@ -889,7 +852,7 @@ void do_gotolinecolumn(ssize_t line, ssize_t column, bool use_answer,
 
 	/* Try to extract one or two numbers from the user's response. */
 	if (!parse_line_column(answer, &line, &column)) {
-	    statusbar(_("Invalid line or column number"));
+	    statusline(ALERT, _("Invalid line or column number"));
 	    return;
 	}
     } else {
@@ -922,17 +885,29 @@ void do_gotolinecolumn(ssize_t line, ssize_t column, bool use_answer,
     openfile->placewewant = column - 1;
 
     /* When the position was manually given, center the target line. */
-    if (interactive || ISSET(SOFTWRAP)) {
+    if (interactive) {
 	adjust_viewport(CENTERING);
 	refresh_needed = TRUE;
     } else {
+	int rows_from_tail;
+
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+	if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP)) {
+	    filestruct *line = openfile->current;
+	    size_t leftedge = (xplustabs() / editwincols) * editwincols;
+
+	    rows_from_tail = (editwinrows / 2) -
+			go_forward_chunks(editwinrows / 2, &line, &leftedge);
+	} else
+#endif
+	    rows_from_tail = openfile->filebot->lineno -
+				openfile->current->lineno;
+
 	/* If the target line is close to the tail of the file, put the last
-	 * line of the file on the bottom line of the screen; otherwise, just
+	 * line or chunk on the bottom line of the screen; otherwise, just
 	 * center the target line. */
-	if (openfile->filebot->lineno - openfile->current->lineno <
-							editwinrows / 2) {
-	    openfile->current_y = editwinrows - openfile->filebot->lineno +
-					openfile->current->lineno - 1;
+	if (rows_from_tail < editwinrows / 2) {
+	    openfile->current_y = editwinrows - 1 - rows_from_tail;
 	    adjust_viewport(STATIONARY);
 	} else
 	    adjust_viewport(CENTERING);
@@ -999,7 +974,6 @@ bool find_bracket_match(bool reverse, const char *bracket_set)
     /* Set the current position to the found matching bracket. */
     openfile->current = fileptr;
     openfile->current_x = found - fileptr->data;
-    openfile->current_y = fileptr->lineno - openfile->edittop->lineno;
 
     return TRUE;
 }
@@ -1086,7 +1060,7 @@ void do_find_bracket(void)
     bracket_set = charalloc((mb_cur_max() * 2) + 1);
     strncpy(bracket_set, ch, ch_len);
     strncpy(bracket_set + ch_len, wanted_ch, wanted_ch_len);
-    null_at(&bracket_set, ch_len + wanted_ch_len);
+    bracket_set[ch_len + wanted_ch_len] = '\0';
 
     found_ch = charalloc(mb_cur_max() + 1);
 

src/text.c

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ char *invocation_error(const char *name)
 void do_deletion(undo_type action)
 {
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
-    size_t orig_lenpt = 0;
+    size_t orig_rows = 0;
 #endif
 
     assert(openfile->current != NULL && openfile->current->data != NULL &&
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ void do_deletion(undo_type action)
 	update_undo(action);
 
 	if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP))
-	    orig_lenpt = strlenpt(openfile->current->data);
+	    orig_rows = strlenpt(openfile->current->data) / editwincols;
 #endif
 
 	/* Move the remainder of the line "in", over the current character. */
@@ -179,13 +179,11 @@ void do_deletion(undo_type action)
 	return;
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
-    ensure_line_is_visible();
-
     /* If the number of screen rows that a softwrapped line occupies
      * has changed, we need a full refresh. */
-    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP) && refresh_needed == FALSE)
-	if (strlenpt(openfile->current->data) / editwincols != orig_lenpt / editwincols)
-	    refresh_needed = TRUE;
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP) && refresh_needed == FALSE &&
+		strlenpt(openfile->current->data) / editwincols != orig_rows)
+	refresh_needed = TRUE;
 #endif
 
     set_modified();
@@ -647,7 +645,7 @@ void undo_cut(undo *u)
     else
 	goto_line_posx(u->mark_begin_lineno, u->mark_begin_x);
 
-    copy_from_filestruct(u->cutbuffer);
+    copy_from_buffer(u->cutbuffer);
 
     if (u->xflags != WAS_MARKED_FORWARD && u->type != PASTE)
 	goto_line_posx(u->mark_begin_lineno, u->mark_begin_x);
@@ -791,14 +789,11 @@ void do_undo(void)
 	filestruct *oldcutbuffer = cutbuffer, *oldcutbottom = cutbottom;
 	cutbuffer = NULL;
 	cutbottom = NULL;
-	/* Instead of a line number, u->mark_begin_lineno contains the number
-	 * of lines of the inserted segment, because the file was partitioned
-	 * when update_undo() was called; so, calculate the end-line number. */
-	openfile->mark_begin = fsfromline(u->lineno + u->mark_begin_lineno - 1);
+	openfile->mark_begin = fsfromline(u->mark_begin_lineno);
 	openfile->mark_begin_x = u->mark_begin_x;
 	openfile->mark_set = TRUE;
 	goto_line_posx(u->lineno, u->begin);
-	cut_marked();
+	cut_marked(NULL);
 	free_filestruct(u->cutbuffer);
 	u->cutbuffer = cutbuffer;
 	u->cutbottom = cutbottom;
@@ -823,10 +818,12 @@ void do_undo(void)
 	statusline(HUSH, _("Undid action (%s)"), undidmsg);
 
     renumber(f);
+
     openfile->current_undo = openfile->current_undo->next;
     openfile->last_action = OTHER;
     openfile->mark_set = FALSE;
     openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
+
     openfile->totsize = u->wassize;
     set_modified();
 }
@@ -853,7 +850,7 @@ void do_redo(void)
 	return;
     }
 
-    f = fsfromline(u->type == INSERT ? 1 : u->mark_begin_lineno);
+    f = fsfromline(u->mark_begin_lineno);
     if (!f)
 	return;
 
@@ -947,7 +944,7 @@ void do_redo(void)
     case INSERT:
 	redidmsg = _("text insert");
 	goto_line_posx(u->lineno, u->begin);
-	copy_from_filestruct(u->cutbuffer);
+	copy_from_buffer(u->cutbuffer);
 	free_filestruct(u->cutbuffer);
 	u->cutbuffer = NULL;
 	break;
@@ -974,6 +971,7 @@ void do_redo(void)
     openfile->last_action = OTHER;
     openfile->mark_set = FALSE;
     openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
+
     openfile->totsize = u->newsize;
     set_modified();
 }
@@ -1226,7 +1224,7 @@ void add_undo(undo_type action)
 	    char *char_buf = charalloc(mb_cur_max() + 1);
 	    int char_len = parse_mbchar(&openfile->current->data[u->begin],
 						char_buf, NULL);
-	    null_at(&char_buf, char_len);
+	    char_buf[char_len] = '\0';
 	    u->strdata = char_buf;
 	    if (u->type == BACK)
 		u->mark_begin_x += char_len;
@@ -1368,15 +1366,21 @@ fprintf(stderr, "  >> Updating... action = %d, openfile->last_action = %d, openf
     }
     case BACK:
     case DEL: {
-	/* Add the removed character after or before earlier removed stuff. */
 	char *char_buf = charalloc(mb_cur_max());
 	int char_len = parse_mbchar(&openfile->current->data[openfile->current_x], char_buf, NULL);
-	if (action == DEL) {
+	if (openfile->current_x == u->begin) {
+	    /* They deleted more: add removed character after earlier stuff. */
 	    u->strdata = addstrings(u->strdata, strlen(u->strdata), char_buf, char_len);
 	    u->mark_begin_x = openfile->current_x;
-	} else {
+	} else if (openfile->current_x == u->begin - char_len) {
+	    /* They backspaced further: add removed character before earlier. */
 	    u->strdata = addstrings(char_buf, char_len, u->strdata, strlen(u->strdata));
 	    u->begin = openfile->current_x;
+	} else {
+	    /* They deleted *elsewhere* on the line: start a new undo item. */
+	    free(char_buf);
+	    add_undo(u->type);
+	    return;
 	}
 #ifdef DEBUG
 	fprintf(stderr, "  >> current undo data is \"%s\"\nu->begin = %lu\n", u->strdata, (unsigned long)u->begin);
@@ -1425,14 +1429,8 @@ fprintf(stderr, "  >> Updating... action = %d, openfile->last_action = %d, openf
 	u->lineno = openfile->current->lineno;
 	break;
     case INSERT:
-	/* Store the number of lines (plus one) of the insertion. */
 	u->mark_begin_lineno = openfile->current->lineno;
-	/* When the insertion contains no newline, store the adjusted
-	 * x position; otherwise, store the length of the last line. */
-	if (openfile->fileage == openfile->filebot)
-	    u->mark_begin_x = openfile->current_x;
-	else
-	    u->mark_begin_x = strlen(openfile->filebot->data);
+	u->mark_begin_x = openfile->current_x;
 	break;
     case ENTER:
 	u->strdata = mallocstrcpy(NULL, openfile->current->data);
@@ -1500,11 +1498,7 @@ bool do_wrap(filestruct *line)
     line_len = strlen(line->data);
 
     /* Find the last blank where we can break the line. */
-    wrap_loc = break_line(line->data, fill
-#ifndef DISABLE_HELP
-	, FALSE
-#endif
-	);
+    wrap_loc = break_line(line->data, fill, FALSE);
 
     /* If we couldn't break the line, or we've reached the end of it, we
      * don't wrap. */
@@ -1613,98 +1607,72 @@ bool do_wrap(filestruct *line)
  * that the display length to there is at most (goal + 1).  If there is
  * no such blank, then we find the first blank.  We then take the last
  * blank in that group of blanks.  The terminating '\0' counts as a
- * blank, as does a '\n' if newln is TRUE. */
-ssize_t break_line(const char *line, ssize_t goal
-#ifndef DISABLE_HELP
-	, bool newln
-#endif
-	)
+ * blank, as does a '\n' if snap_at_nl is TRUE. */
+ssize_t break_line(const char *line, ssize_t goal, bool snap_at_nl)
 {
-    ssize_t blank_loc = -1;
-	/* Current tentative return value.  Index of the last blank we
-	 * found with short enough display width. */
-    ssize_t cur_loc = 0;
-	/* Current index in line. */
-    size_t cur_pos = 0;
-	/* Current column position in line. */
+    ssize_t lastblank = -1;
+	/* The index of the last blank we found. */
+    ssize_t index = 0;
+	/* The index of the character we are looking at. */
+    size_t column = 0;
+	/* The column position that corresponds with index. */
     int char_len = 0;
-	/* Length of current character, in bytes. */
+	/* The length of the current character, in bytes. */
 
-    assert(line != NULL);
+    /* Find the last blank that does not overshoot the target column. */
+    while (*line != '\0' && column <= goal) {
+	if (is_blank_mbchar(line) || (snap_at_nl && *line == '\n')) {
+	    lastblank = index;
 
-    while (*line != '\0' && goal >= cur_pos) {
-	char_len = parse_mbchar(line, NULL, &cur_pos);
-
-	if (is_blank_mbchar(line)
-#ifndef DISABLE_HELP
-		|| (newln && *line == '\n')
-#endif
-		) {
-	    blank_loc = cur_loc;
-
-#ifndef DISABLE_HELP
-	    if (newln && *line == '\n')
+	    if (*line == '\n')
 		break;
-#endif
 	}
 
+	char_len = parse_mbchar(line, NULL, &column);
 	line += char_len;
-	cur_loc += char_len;
+	index += char_len;
     }
 
-    if (goal >= cur_pos)
-	/* In fact, the whole line displays shorter than goal. */
-	return cur_loc;
+    /* If the whole line displays shorter than goal, we're done. */
+    if (column <= goal)
+	return index;
 
 #ifndef DISABLE_HELP
-    if (newln && blank_loc <= 0) {
-	/* If no blank was found, or was found only as the first
-	 * character, force a line break. */
-	cur_loc -= char_len;
-	return cur_loc;
-    }
+    /* If we're wrapping a help text and no blank was found, or was
+     * found only as the first character, force a line break. */
+    if (snap_at_nl && lastblank < 1)
+	return (index - char_len);
 #endif
 
-    if (blank_loc == -1) {
-	/* No blank was found within the goal width,
-	 * so now try and find a blank beyond it. */
-	bool found_blank = FALSE;
-	ssize_t found_blank_loc = 0;
-
+    /* If no blank was found within the goal width, seek one after it. */
+    if (lastblank < 0) {
 	while (*line != '\0') {
+	    if (is_blank_mbchar(line))
+		lastblank = index;
+	    else if (lastblank > 0)
+		return lastblank;
+
 	    char_len = parse_mbchar(line, NULL, NULL);
-
-	    if (is_blank_mbchar(line)
-#ifndef DISABLE_HELP
-		|| (newln && *line == '\n')
-#endif
-		) {
-		found_blank = TRUE;
-		found_blank_loc = cur_loc;
-	    } else if (found_blank)
-		return found_blank_loc;
-
 	    line += char_len;
-	    cur_loc += char_len;
+	    index += char_len;
 	}
 
 	return -1;
     }
 
-    /* Move to the last blank after blank_loc, if there is one. */
-    line -= cur_loc;
-    line += blank_loc;
+    /* Move the pointer back to the last blank, and then step beyond it. */
+    line = line - index + lastblank;
     char_len = parse_mbchar(line, NULL, NULL);
     line += char_len;
 
+    /* Skip any consecutive blanks after the last blank. */
     while (*line != '\0' && is_blank_mbchar(line)) {
+	lastblank += char_len;
 	char_len = parse_mbchar(line, NULL, NULL);
-
 	line += char_len;
-	blank_loc += char_len;
     }
 
-    return blank_loc;
+    return lastblank;
 }
 #endif /* !DISABLE_HELP || !DISABLE_WRAPJUSTIFY */
 
@@ -1894,13 +1862,9 @@ void justify_format(filestruct *paragraph, size_t skip)
 
 /* The "quote part" of a line is the largest initial substring matching
  * the quote string.  This function returns the length of the quote part
- * of the given line.
- *
- * Note that if !HAVE_REGEX_H then we match concatenated copies of
- * quotestr. */
+ * of the given line. */
 size_t quote_length(const char *line)
 {
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
     regmatch_t matches;
     int rc = regexec(&quotereg, line, 1, &matches, 0);
 
@@ -1909,14 +1873,6 @@ size_t quote_length(const char *line)
     /* matches.rm_so should be 0, since the quote string should start
      * with the caret ^. */
     return matches.rm_eo;
-#else	/* !HAVE_REGEX_H */
-    size_t qdepth = 0;
-
-    /* Compute quote depth level. */
-    while (strncmp(line + qdepth, quotestr, quotelen) == 0)
-	qdepth += quotelen;
-    return qdepth;
-#endif	/* !HAVE_REGEX_H */
 }
 
 /* a_line and b_line are lines of text.  The quotation part of a_line is
@@ -2055,12 +2011,12 @@ void backup_lines(filestruct *first_line, size_t par_len)
 
     /* Move the paragraph from the current buffer's filestruct to the
      * justify buffer. */
-    move_to_filestruct(&jusbuffer, &jusbottom, top, 0, bot,
+    extract_buffer(&jusbuffer, &jusbottom, top, 0, bot,
 		(i == 1 && bot == openfile->filebot) ? strlen(bot->data) : 0);
 
     /* Copy the paragraph back to the current buffer's filestruct from
      * the justify buffer. */
-    copy_from_filestruct(jusbuffer);
+    copy_from_buffer(jusbuffer);
 
     /* Move upward from the last line of the paragraph to the first
      * line, putting first_line, edittop, current, and mark_begin at the
@@ -2117,16 +2073,11 @@ bool find_paragraph(size_t *const quote, size_t *const par)
 	/* Number of lines in the paragraph we search for. */
     filestruct *current_save;
 	/* The line at the beginning of the paragraph we search for. */
-    ssize_t current_y_save;
-	/* The y-coordinate at the beginning of the paragraph we search
-	 * for. */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
     if (quoterc != 0) {
 	statusline(ALERT, _("Bad quote string %s: %s"), quotestr, quoteerr);
 	return FALSE;
     }
-#endif
 
     assert(openfile->current != NULL);
 
@@ -2168,7 +2119,6 @@ bool find_paragraph(size_t *const quote, size_t *const par)
      * of lines in this paragraph. */
     quote_len = quote_length(openfile->current->data);
     current_save = openfile->current;
-    current_y_save = openfile->current_y;
     do_para_end(FALSE);
     par_len = openfile->current->lineno - current_save->lineno;
 
@@ -2179,7 +2129,6 @@ bool find_paragraph(size_t *const quote, size_t *const par)
     if (openfile->current_x > 0)
 	par_len++;
     openfile->current = current_save;
-    openfile->current_y = current_y_save;
 
     /* Save the values of quote_len and par_len. */
     assert(quote != NULL && par != NULL);
@@ -2211,9 +2160,9 @@ void do_justify(bool full_justify)
     /* We save these variables to be restored if the user
      * unjustifies. */
     filestruct *edittop_save = openfile->edittop;
+    size_t firstcolumn_save = openfile->firstcolumn;
     filestruct *current_save = openfile->current;
     size_t current_x_save = openfile->current_x;
-    size_t totsize_save = openfile->totsize;
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     filestruct *mark_begin_save = openfile->mark_begin;
     size_t mark_begin_x_save = openfile->mark_begin_x;
@@ -2392,11 +2341,7 @@ void do_justify(bool full_justify)
 	    /* If this line is too long, try to wrap it to the next line
 	     * to make it short enough. */
 	    break_pos = break_line(openfile->current->data + indent_len,
-		fill - strnlenpt(openfile->current->data, indent_len)
-#ifndef DISABLE_HELP
-		, FALSE
-#endif
-		);
+		fill - strnlenpt(openfile->current->data, indent_len), FALSE);
 
 	    /* We can't break the line, or don't need to, so get out. */
 	    if (break_pos == -1 || break_pos + indent_len == line_len)
@@ -2441,17 +2386,17 @@ void do_justify(bool full_justify)
 #endif
 
 	    /* Break the current line. */
-	if (ISSET(JUSTIFY_TRIM)) {
+	    if (ISSET(JUSTIFY_TRIM)) {
 		while (break_pos > 0 &&
 			is_blank_mbchar(&openfile->current->data[break_pos - 1])) {
 		    break_pos--;
+		    openfile->totsize--;
 		}
 	    }
 	    null_at(&openfile->current->data, break_pos);
 
 	    /* Go to the next line. */
 	    par_len--;
-	    openfile->current_y++;
 	    openfile->current = openfile->current->next;
 	}
 
@@ -2462,7 +2407,6 @@ void do_justify(bool full_justify)
 	/* Go to the next line, if possible.  If there is no next line,
 	 * move to the end of the current line. */
 	if (openfile->current != openfile->filebot) {
-	    openfile->current_y++;
 	    openfile->current = openfile->current->next;
 	} else
 	    openfile->current_x = strlen(openfile->current->data);
@@ -2480,9 +2424,8 @@ void do_justify(bool full_justify)
     }
 
     /* We are now done justifying the paragraph or the file, so clean
-     * up.  current_y and totsize have been maintained above.  If we
-     * actually justified something, set last_par_line to the new end of
-     * the paragraph. */
+     * up.  totsize has been maintained above.  If we actually justified
+     * something, set last_par_line to the new end of the paragraph. */
     if (first_par_line != NULL)
 	last_par_line = openfile->current;
 
@@ -2508,7 +2451,7 @@ void do_justify(bool full_justify)
     /* If needed, unset the cursor-position suppression flag, so the cursor
      * position /will/ be displayed upon a return to the main loop. */
     if (ISSET(CONST_UPDATE))
-	do_cursorpos(TRUE);
+	do_cursorpos(FALSE);
 
     func = func_from_key(&kbinput);
 
@@ -2520,29 +2463,20 @@ void do_justify(bool full_justify)
 	/* If we actually justified something, then splice the preserved
 	 * unjustified text back into the file, */
 	if (first_par_line != NULL) {
-	    /* Partition the filestruct so that it contains only the
-	     * text of the justified paragraph. */
-	    filepart = partition_filestruct(first_par_line, 0,
-				last_par_line, filebot_inpar ?
-				strlen(last_par_line->data) : 0);
+	    filestruct *trash = NULL, *dummy = NULL;
 
 	    /* Throw away the justified paragraph, and replace it with
 	     * the preserved unjustified text. */
-	    free_filestruct(openfile->fileage);
-	    openfile->fileage = jusbuffer;
-	    openfile->filebot = jusbottom;
+	    extract_buffer(&trash, &dummy, first_par_line, 0, last_par_line,
+			filebot_inpar ? strlen(last_par_line->data) : 0);
+	    free_filestruct(trash);
+	    ingraft_buffer(jusbuffer);
 
-	    /* Unpartition the filestruct, to contain the entire text again. */
-	    unpartition_filestruct(&filepart);
-
-	    /* Renumber, from the beginning of the unjustified part. */
-	    renumber(jusbuffer);
-
-	    /* Restore the old position, the size, and the mark. */
+	    /* Restore the old position and the mark. */
 	    openfile->edittop = edittop_save;
+	    openfile->firstcolumn = firstcolumn_save;
 	    openfile->current = current_save;
 	    openfile->current_x = current_x_save;
-	    openfile->totsize = totsize_save;
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
 	    if (openfile->mark_set) {
 		openfile->mark_begin = mark_begin_save;
@@ -2600,6 +2534,7 @@ void do_full_justify(void)
 bool do_int_spell_fix(const char *word)
 {
     char *save_search, *exp_word;
+    size_t firstcolumn_save = openfile->firstcolumn;
     size_t current_x_save = openfile->current_x;
     filestruct *edittop_save = openfile->edittop;
     filestruct *current_save = openfile->current;
@@ -2640,23 +2575,21 @@ bool do_int_spell_fix(const char *word)
 	 * (current, current_x) (where searching starts) is at the top. */
 	if (right_side_up) {
 	    openfile->current = top;
-	    openfile->current_x = (size_t)(top_x - 1);
+	    openfile->current_x = top_x;
 	    openfile->mark_begin = bot;
 	    openfile->mark_begin_x = bot_x;
-	} else
-	    openfile->current_x = (size_t)(openfile->current_x - 1);
+	}
 	openfile->mark_set = FALSE;
     } else
 #endif
     /* Otherwise, start from the top of the file. */
     {
-	openfile->edittop = openfile->fileage;
 	openfile->current = openfile->fileage;
-	openfile->current_x = (size_t)-1;
+	openfile->current_x = 0;
     }
 
     /* Find the first whole occurrence of word. */
-    result = findnextstr(word, TRUE, NULL, NULL, 0);
+    result = findnextstr(word, TRUE, TRUE, NULL, FALSE, NULL, 0);
 
     /* If the word isn't found, alert the user; if it is, allow correction. */
     if (result == 0) {
@@ -2672,11 +2605,7 @@ bool do_int_spell_fix(const char *word)
 	spotlight(TRUE, exp_word);
 
 	/* Let the user supply a correctly spelled alternative. */
-	proceed = (do_prompt(FALSE,
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
-				TRUE,
-#endif
-				MSPELL, word,
+	proceed = (do_prompt(FALSE, FALSE, MSPELL, word,
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
 				NULL,
 #endif
@@ -2688,7 +2617,6 @@ bool do_int_spell_fix(const char *word)
 
 	/* If a replacement was given, go through all occurrences. */
 	if (proceed && strcmp(word, answer) != 0) {
-	    openfile->current_x--;
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
 	    /* Replacements should happen only in the marked region. */
 	    openfile->mark_set = old_mark_set;
@@ -2728,6 +2656,7 @@ bool do_int_spell_fix(const char *word)
 
     /* Restore the viewport to where it was. */
     openfile->edittop = edittop_save;
+    openfile->firstcolumn = firstcolumn_save;
 
     /* Restore the settings of the global flags. */
     memcpy(flags, stash, sizeof(flags));
@@ -2920,29 +2849,14 @@ const char *do_alt_speller(char *tempfile_name)
     int alt_spell_status;
     size_t current_x_save = openfile->current_x;
     size_t pww_save = openfile->placewewant;
-    ssize_t current_y_save = openfile->current_y;
     ssize_t lineno_save = openfile->current->lineno;
+    bool was_at_eol = (openfile->current->data[openfile->current_x] == '\0');
     struct stat spellfileinfo;
     time_t timestamp;
     pid_t pid_spell;
     char *ptr;
     static int arglen = 3;
     static char **spellargs = NULL;
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-    bool old_mark_set = openfile->mark_set;
-    bool added_magicline = FALSE;
-	/* Whether we added a magicline after filebot. */
-    filestruct *top, *bot;
-    size_t top_x, bot_x;
-    bool right_side_up = FALSE;
-    ssize_t mb_lineno_save = 0;
-	/* We're going to close the current file, and open the output of
-	 * the alternate spell command.  The line that mark_begin points
-	 * to will be freed, so we save the line number and restore it
-	 * afterwards. */
-    size_t size_of_surrounding = 0;
-	/* The size of the text outside of a marked region. */
-#endif
 
     /* Get the timestamp and the size of the temporary file. */
     stat(tempfile_name, &spellfileinfo);
@@ -2952,18 +2866,10 @@ const char *do_alt_speller(char *tempfile_name)
     if (spellfileinfo.st_size == 0)
 	return NULL;
 
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-    if (old_mark_set) {
-	/* If the mark is on, save the number of the line it starts on,
-	 * and then turn the mark off. */
-	mb_lineno_save = openfile->mark_begin->lineno;
-	openfile->mark_set = FALSE;
-    }
-#endif
-
+    /* Exit from curses mode. */
     endwin();
 
-    /* Set up an argument list to pass to execvp(). */
+    /* Set up the argument list to pass to execvp(). */
     if (spellargs == NULL) {
 	spellargs = (char **)nmalloc(arglen * sizeof(char *));
 
@@ -2978,17 +2884,13 @@ const char *do_alt_speller(char *tempfile_name)
     }
     spellargs[arglen - 2] = tempfile_name;
 
-    /* Start a new process for the alternate speller. */
+    /* Fork a child process and run the alternate spell program in it. */
     if ((pid_spell = fork()) == 0) {
-	/* Start alternate spell program; we are using $PATH. */
 	execvp(spellargs[0], spellargs);
 
-	/* Should not be reached, if alternate speller is found!!! */
+	/* Terminate the child process if no alternate speller is found. */
 	exit(1);
-    }
-
-    /* If we couldn't fork, get out. */
-    if (pid_spell < 0)
+    } else if (pid_spell < 0)
 	return _("Could not fork");
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
@@ -3005,72 +2907,43 @@ const char *do_alt_speller(char *tempfile_name)
     /* Restore the terminal to its previous state. */
     terminal_init();
 
-    if (!WIFEXITED(alt_spell_status) || WEXITSTATUS(alt_spell_status) != 0) {
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-	/* Turn the mark back on if it was on before. */
-	openfile->mark_set = old_mark_set;
-#endif
+    if (!WIFEXITED(alt_spell_status) || WEXITSTATUS(alt_spell_status) != 0)
 	return invocation_error(alt_speller);
-    }
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
-    if (old_mark_set) {
-	/* Trim the filestruct so that it contains only the marked text. */
+    /* Replace the marked text (or the entire text) of the current buffer
+     * with the spell-checked text. */
+    if (openfile->mark_set) {
+	filestruct *top, *bot;
+	size_t top_x, bot_x;
+	bool right_side_up;
+	ssize_t was_mark_lineno = openfile->mark_begin->lineno;
+
+	openfile->mark_set = FALSE;
+
 	mark_order((const filestruct **)&top, &top_x,
 			(const filestruct **)&bot, &bot_x, &right_side_up);
-	filepart = partition_filestruct(top, top_x, bot, bot_x);
 
-	/* Foresay whether a magicline will be added when the
-	 * spell-checked text is read back in. */
-	if (!ISSET(NO_NEWLINES))
-	    added_magicline = (openfile->filebot->data[0] != '\0');
-
-	/* Compute the size of the text outside of the marked region. */
-	size_of_surrounding = openfile->totsize - get_totsize(top, bot);
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Replace the text of the current buffer with the spell-checked text. */
-    replace_buffer(tempfile_name);
-
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-    if (old_mark_set) {
-	filestruct *top_save = openfile->fileage;
-
-	/* If a magicline was added, remove it again. */
-	if (added_magicline)
-	    remove_magicline();
+	replace_marked_buffer(tempfile_name, top, top_x, bot, bot_x);
 
 	/* Adjust the end point of the marked region for any change in
 	 * length of the region's last line. */
 	if (right_side_up)
-	    current_x_save = strlen(openfile->filebot->data);
+	    current_x_save = openfile->current_x;
 	else
-	    openfile->mark_begin_x = strlen(openfile->filebot->data);
+	    openfile->mark_begin_x = openfile->current_x;
 
-	/* Unpartition the filestruct so that it contains all the text
-	 * again.  Note that we've replaced the marked text originally
-	 * in the partition with the spell-checked marked text in the
-	 * temp file. */
-	unpartition_filestruct(&filepart);
-
-	/* Renumber, starting with the beginning line of the old partition. */
-	renumber(top_save);
-
-	/* Add back the size of the text surrounding the marked region. */
-	openfile->totsize += size_of_surrounding;
-
-	/* Restore the position of the mark, and turn it back on. */
-	openfile->mark_begin = fsfromline(mb_lineno_save);
+	/* Restore the mark's position and turn it back on. */
+	openfile->mark_begin = fsfromline(was_mark_lineno);
 	openfile->mark_set = TRUE;
-    }
-#endif /* !NANO_TINY */
+    } else
+#endif
+	replace_buffer(tempfile_name);
 
     /* Go back to the old position. */
     goto_line_posx(lineno_save, current_x_save);
-    if (openfile->current_x > strlen(openfile->current->data))
+    if (was_at_eol || openfile->current_x > strlen(openfile->current->data))
 	openfile->current_x = strlen(openfile->current->data);
-    openfile->current_y = current_y_save;
     openfile->placewewant = pww_save;
     adjust_viewport(STATIONARY);
 
@@ -3079,10 +2952,13 @@ const char *do_alt_speller(char *tempfile_name)
     stat(tempfile_name, &spellfileinfo);
     if (spellfileinfo.st_mtime != timestamp) {
 	set_modified();
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
 	/* Flush the undo stack, to avoid making a mess when the user
 	 * tries to undo things in spell-corrected lines. */
 	discard_until(NULL, openfile);
+#endif
     }
+
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     /* Unblock SIGWINCHes again. */
     allow_sigwinch(TRUE);
@@ -3467,9 +3343,9 @@ void do_formatter(void)
     FILE *temp_file;
     int format_status;
     ssize_t lineno_save = openfile->current->lineno;
-    ssize_t current_y_save = openfile->current_y;
     size_t current_x_save = openfile->current_x;
     size_t pww_save = openfile->placewewant;
+    bool was_at_eol = (openfile->current->data[openfile->current_x] == '\0');
     pid_t pid_format;
     static int arglen = 3;
     static char **formatargs = NULL;
@@ -3547,9 +3423,8 @@ void do_formatter(void)
 
 	/* Restore the cursor position. */
 	goto_line_posx(lineno_save, current_x_save);
-	if (openfile->current_x > strlen(openfile->current->data))
+	if (was_at_eol || openfile->current_x > strlen(openfile->current->data))
 	    openfile->current_x = strlen(openfile->current->data);
-	openfile->current_y = current_y_save;
 	openfile->placewewant = pww_save;
 	adjust_viewport(STATIONARY);
 
@@ -3663,11 +3538,9 @@ void do_verbatim_input(void)
     /* Read in all the verbatim characters. */
     kbinput = get_verbatim_kbinput(edit, &kbinput_len);
 
-    /* If constant cursor position display is on, make sure the current
-     * cursor position will be properly displayed on the statusbar.
-     * Otherwise, blank the statusbar. */
+    /* Unsuppress cursor-position display or blank the statusbar. */
     if (ISSET(CONST_UPDATE))
-	do_cursorpos(TRUE);
+	do_cursorpos(FALSE);
     else {
 	blank_statusbar();
 	wnoutrefresh(bottomwin);
@@ -3722,7 +3595,9 @@ void complete_a_word(void)
     int start_of_shard, shard_length = 0;
     int i = 0, j = 0;
     completion_word *some_word;
+#ifndef DISABLE_WRAPPING
     bool was_set_wrapping = !ISSET(NO_WRAP);
+#endif
 
     /* If this is a fresh completion attempt... */
     if (pletion_line == NULL) {
@@ -3825,19 +3700,20 @@ void complete_a_word(void)
 	    some_word->next = list_of_completions;
 	    list_of_completions = some_word;
 
+#ifndef DISABLE_WRAPPING
 	    /* Temporarily disable wrapping so only one undo item is added. */
 	    SET(NO_WRAP);
-
+#endif
 	    /* Inject the completion into the buffer. */
 	    do_output(&completion[shard_length],
 			strlen(completion) - shard_length, FALSE);
-
+#ifndef DISABLE_WRAPPING
 	    /* If needed, reenable wrapping and wrap the current line. */
 	    if (was_set_wrapping) {
 		UNSET(NO_WRAP);
 		do_wrap(openfile->current);
 	    }
-
+#endif
 	    /* Set the position for a possible next search attempt. */
 	    pletion_x = ++i;